No category

Download XDL-L7N Series User Manual

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

130

131

132

133

134

135

136

137

138

139

140

141

142

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

151

152

153

154

155

156

157

158

159

160

161

162

163

164

165

166

167

168

169

170

171

172

173

174

175

176

177

178

179

180

181

182

183

184

185

186

187

188

189

190

191

192

193

194

195

196

197

198

199

200

201

202

203

204

205

206

207

208

209

210

211

212

213

214

215

216

217

218

219

220

221

222

223

224

225

226

227

228

229

230

231

232

233

234

235

236

237

238

239

240

241

242

243

244

245

246

247

248

249

250

251

252

253

254

255

256

257

258

259

260

261

262

263

264

265

266

267

268

269

270

271

272

273

274

275

276

277

278

279

280

281

282

283

284

285

Transcript

Introduction
XDL-L7N Series User Manual
i
Introduction
Introduction
Hello. Thank you for choosing the LSIS XDL-L7N Series AC Servo.
This user manual describes how to use this product safely and efficiently.
Failure to comply with the guidelines outlined in this manual may cause personal injury or
damage to the product. Be sure to read this manual carefully before using this product and
follow all guidelines contained therein.

The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice.

The reproduction of part or all of the contents of this manual in any form, by any means or for
any purpose is strictly prohibited without the explicit written consent of LSIS.

LSIS retains all patents, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property rights to the
material in this manual. The information contained in this manual is only intended for use with
LSIS products.
 EtherCAT® is registered trademark and patented technology, licensed by Beckhoff
Automation, Gmbh, Germany.
ii
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
Safety precautions are categorized as either Warnings or Cautions, depending on the
severity of the precaution.
Precautions
Warnings
Caution

Definition
Failure to comply with these guidelines may cause serious injury or death.
Failure to comply with these guidelines may cause personal injury or property
damage.
Precautions listed as Cautions may also result in serious injury.
 Electric Safety Precautions
Warning








Before wiring or inspecting the device, turn off the power, wait 15 minutes, ensure that the
charge lamp is off, and then check the voltage.
Ground both the servo drive and the servo motor.
Only specially trained technicians may perform wiring on this product.
Install both the servo drive and servo motor before performing any wiring.
Do not operate the device with wet hands.
Do not open the servo drive cover during operation.
Do not operate the device with the servo drive cover removed.
Even if the power is off, do not remove the servo drive cover.
 Fire Safety Precautions
Caution


Install the servo drive, the servo motor, and the regenerative resistor on non-combustible
materials.
Disconnect the input power if the servo drive malfunctions.
iii
Safety Precautions
 Installation Precautions
Store and operate this product under the following environmental conditions.
Conditions
Environment
Operating temp.
Storage temp.
Operating humidity
Storage humidity
Altitude
The Servo Drive
0 ~ 50
-20 ~ 65
0 ~ 40
℃
-20 ~ 60
Below 90% RH (no condensation)
℃
℃
Below 80% RH
Below 90% RH
1000m or less


Spacing

Other variables
℃
The Servo Motor

When installing 1 unit:
 More than 40 mm at the top and
bottom of the control panel
 More than 10 mm on the left and
right sides of the control panel
When installing 2 or more units:
 More than 100 mm at the top of
the control panel
 More than 40 mm at the bottom of
the control panel
 More than 30 mm on the left and
right sides of the control panel
 More than 2 mm between units
 Refer to Section 2.2.2, “Wiring the
Control Panel.”
Ensure the installation location is free from dust, iron, corrosive gas, and
combustible gas.
Ensure the installation location is free from vibrations or the potential for
hard impacts.
Caution












iv
Install the product with the correct orientation.
Do not drop the product or expose it to hard impact.
Install this product in a location that is free from water, corrosive gas, combustible gas, or
flammable materials.
Install this product in a location capable of supporting the weight of this product.
Do not stand on the product or place heavy objects on top of it.
Always maintain the specified spacing when installing the servo drive.
Ensure that there are no conductive or flammable debris inside the servo drive or the servo
motor.
Firmly attach the servo motor to the machine.
Install the servo motor with a correctly oriented decelerator.
Do not touch the rotating unit of the servo motor during operation.
Do not apply excessive force when connecting the couplings to the servo motor shaft.
Do not place loads on the servo motor shaft that exceed the specified amount.
Safety Precautions
 Wiring Precautions
Caution









Always use an AC 200-230 V power input for the servo drive.
Always connect the servo drive to a ground terminal.
Do not connect commercial power directly to the servo motor.
Do not connect commercial power directly to the U, V, W output terminals of the servo drive.
Connect the U, V, W output terminals of the servo drive directly to the U, V, W input terminals of
the servo motor, but do not install magnetic contactors between the wires.
Always use pressurized terminals with insulation tubes when connecting the servo drive power
terminal.
Always separate the U, V, and W cables for the servo motor power and encoder cable during
wiring.
Always use the robot cable if the motor moves.
Before performing power line wiring, turn off the input power to the servo drive, and then wait
until the CHARGE lamp turns off.
 Startup Precautions
Caution


Check the input voltage (AC 200-230 V) and power unit wiring before supplying power to the
device.
The servo must be off before you turn on the power.
 Handling and Operating Precautions
Caution



Check and adjust each parameter before operation.
Do not touch the rotating unit of the motor during operation.
Do not touch the heat sink during operation.
 Usage Precautions
Caution






Install an emergency cut-off switch which immediately stops operation in an emergency.
Reset the alarm when the servo is off. The system immediately restarts if the alarm is reset
while the servo is ON.
Use a noise filter or DC reactor to minimize electromagnetic interference. This prevents nearby
electrical devices from malfunctioning due to interference.
Only use approved servo drive and servo motor combinations.
The electric brake on the servo motor stops operation. Do not use it for ordinary braking.
The electric brake may malfunction if the brake degrades or if the mechanical structure is
improper (for example, if the ball screw and servo motor are combined via the timing belt).
Install an emergency stop device to ensure mechanical safety.
v
Safety Precautions
 Malfunction Precautions
Caution



Install a servo motor with an electric brake or separate the brake system for use during
emergencies or device malfunctions.
If an alarm occurs, solve the underlying cause of the problem. After solving the problem and
ensuring safe operation, deactivate the alarm and resume operation.
Do not approach the machine until the problem is solved.
 Repair/Inspection Precautions
Caution



Before wiring or inspecting the device, turn off the power, wait 15 minutes, ensure that the
CHARGE lamp is off, and then check the voltage. Enough voltage may remain in the condenser
after the power is off to cause an electric shock.
Only authorized personnel may repair and inspect the device or replace its parts.
Do not modify this device in any way.
 General Precautions
Caution

This user manual is subject to change due to product modification or changes in standards. If
such changes occur, we issue a new user manual with a new product number.
 Product Application
Caution


This product is not designed or manufactured for machines or systems intended to sustain
human life.
This product is manufactured under strict quality control conditions. Nevertheless, install safety
devices if installing the device in a facility where product malfunctions may result in a major
accident or a significant loss.
 EEPROM Lifespan
Caution

vi
The EEPROM is rewritable up to 1 million times for the purpose of recording parameter settings
and other information. The servo drive may malfunction if the total number of the following tasks
exceeds 1 million, depending on the lifespan of the EEPROM.
 EEPROM recording as a result of parameter changes
 EEPROM recording as a result of an alarm
Safety Precautions
 Responding to international regulations
L7 Series responds to international regulations with standard models.
Model
Low Voltage Directive
EMC Directive
EN61800-5-1
EN61800-3
XDL-L7NA001B
XDL-L7NA002B
XDL-L7NA004B
XDL-L7NA008B
XDL-L7NA010B
XDL-L7NA020B
XDL-L7NA035B
XDL-L7NA050B
※1 : For more information, please feel free to ask LSIS.
※2 : Please follow the regulations of destination when exporting.
vii
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
1.
Product Configuration.................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.1
Product Verification.......................................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.2
Parts ................................................................................................................................................................ 1-3
1.3
2.
Servo Motor Parts ............................................................................................................................... 1-3
1.2.2
Servo Drive Parts ................................................................................................................................ 1-4
Connector Diagram ......................................................................................................................................... 1-8
Installation ....................................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.1
2.2
3.
1.2.1
The Servo Motor .............................................................................................................................................. 2-1
2.1.1
Operating Environment ....................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.1.2
Preventing Impact ............................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.1.3
Motor Connection................................................................................................................................ 2-1
2.1.4
The Load Device Connection .............................................................................................................. 2-2
2.1.5
Cable Installation ................................................................................................................................ 2-2
The Servo Drive .............................................................................................................................................. 2-3
2.2.1
Operating Environment ....................................................................................................................... 2-3
2.2.2
Wiring the Control Panel ..................................................................................................................... 2-4
2.2.3
Power Supply Wiring ........................................................................................................................... 2-5
Wiring ............................................................................................................................................... 3-1
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
Internal Diagram .............................................................................................................................................. 3-1
3.1.1
XDL-L7N Drive Block Diagram [XDL-L7NA001B - –7NA004B] ........................................................... 3-1
3.1.2
XDL-L7N Drive Block Diagram [XDL-L7NA008B - –7NA035B] ........................................................... 3-2
3.1.3
XDL-L7N Drive Block Diagram [XDL-L7NA050B] ................................................................................ 3-3
Power Supply Wiring ....................................................................................................................................... 3-4
3.2.1
XDL-L7N Drive Wiring Diagram [XDL-L7NA001B - –7NA035B] .......................................................... 3-4
3.2.2
L7 Drive Wiring Diagram [XDL-L7N050B] ........................................................................................... 3-5
3.2.3
Power Circuit Electrical Components .................................................................................................. 3-6
Timing Diagram ............................................................................................................................................. 3-10
3.3.1
Timing Diagram During Power Input ................................................................................................. 3-10
3.3.2
Timing Diagram During an Alarm Trigger .......................................................................................... 3-11
Wiring the Control Signals ............................................................................................................................. 3-12
3.4.1
The Contact Input Signal ................................................................................................................... 3-12
3.4.2
The Contact Output Signal ................................................................................................................ 3-12
Connecting Serial Encoder Signals (CN2) ..................................................................................................... 3-13
3.5.1
XLCS-E□□□CS Cable ....................................................................................................................... 3-13
3.5.2
XLCS-E□□□DS Cable ....................................................................................................................... 3-13
3.5.3
XLCS-E□□□ES Cable ....................................................................................................................... 3-14
Connecting Multi-turn Encoder Signals (CN2) ............................................................................................... 3-15
3.6.1
XLCS-E
CS1 Cable ..................................................................................................................... 3-15
3.6.2
XLCS-E
DS1 Cable ..................................................................................................................... 3-15
3.6.3
XLCS-E
ES1 Cable ..................................................................................................................... 3-16
Connecting the Input/Output Signals ............................................................................................................. 3-17
3.7.1
viii
The Names and Functions of the Input Signals (CN1) ...................................................................... 3-17
Table of Contents
3.8
3.9
3.7.2
The Names and Functions of the Output Signals (CN1).................................................................... 3-17
3.7.3
Layout of the Input/Output Signal Connectors ................................................................................... 3-18
3.7.4
The Names and Functions of Safety Function Signals (CN6)............................................................ 3-18
3.7.5
The Connector Layout of Safety Function Signals (CN6) .................................................................. 3-18
3.7.6
Operation Method of Safety Function Signals (CN6) ......................................................................... 3-19
EtherCAT Connection Example ..................................................................................................................... 3-21
3.8.1
Example Connection ......................................................................................................................... 3-21
3.8.2
EtherCAT Connectors and the Pin Map............................................................................................. 3-22
Example of connecting to PLC ...................................................................................................................... 3-23
3.9.1
4.
5.
6.
How to use the Loader .................................................................................................................... 4-1
4.1
Name and Function of each parts .................................................................................................................... 4-1
4.2
Status Summary Display.................................................................................................................................. 4-2
4.3
Display FND Output Object ............................................................................................................................. 4-4
EtherCAT Communication .............................................................................................................. 5-1
5.1
The Structure of CANopen over EtherCAT ...................................................................................................... 5-1
5.2
The EtherCAT State Machine .......................................................................................................................... 5-2
5.3
LED State ........................................................................................................................................................5-3
5.4
Data Type ........................................................................................................................................................5-4
5.5
PDO Mapping ..................................................................................................................................................5-5
5.6
Synchronization Using the DC (Distributed Clock) ........................................................................................... 5-7
5.7
Emergency Messages ................................................................................................................................... 5-11
CiA402 Drive Profile ........................................................................................................................ 6-1
6.1
The State Machine ........................................................................................................................................... 6-1
6.2
Operation Modes ............................................................................................................................................. 6-4
6.3
Position Control Modes.................................................................................................................................... 6-5
6.3.1
Profile Position Mode .......................................................................................................................... 6-5
6.3.2
Interpolated Position Mode ................................................................................................................. 6-9
6.3.3
Cyclic Synchronous Position Mode ................................................................................................... 6-11
6.4
Homing ..........................................................................................................................................................6-13
6.5
Velocity Control Mode .................................................................................................................................... 6-17
6.6
7.
LSIS – PN8B ..................................................................................................................................... 3-23
6.5.1
Profile Velocity Mode......................................................................................................................... 6-17
6.5.2
Cyclic Synchronous Velocity Mode ................................................................................................... 6-19
Torque Control Modes ................................................................................................................................... 6-21
6.6.1
Profile Torque Mode .......................................................................................................................... 6-21
6.6.2
Cyclic Synchronous Torque Mode ..................................................................................................... 6-23
6.7
The Torque Limit Function ............................................................................................................................. 6-25
6.8
Digital Input/Output ........................................................................................................................................ 6-26
6.9
Touch Probe Function .................................................................................................................................... 6-27
L7 Drive Setup ................................................................................................................................. 7-1
7.1
Setting System Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 7-1
7.2
Configuring Control Parameters ...................................................................................................................... 7-5
ix
Table of Contents
7.2.1
The Inertia Ratio Setting [0x2100] ....................................................................................................... 7-5
7.2.2
The Position Control Gain ................................................................................................................... 7-6
7.2.3
The Speed Control Gain...................................................................................................................... 7-7
7.2.4
The Torque Command Filter Time Constant Time [0x210C] ................................................................ 7-8
7.2.5
Gain 1 ↔ Gain 2 Transfer Mode [0x210D] .......................................................................................... 7-8
7.2.6
Gain 1 ↔ Gain 2 Transfer Time [0x210E] ............................................................................................ 7-8
7.2.7
P/PI Transfer Mode [0x210D] .............................................................................................................. 7-8
7.2.8
Resonance Avoidance Operations [0x210F], [0x2110], [0x2111] ......................................................... 7-9
7.3
Setting the Input/Output Contact Point Parameters ....................................................................................... 7-10
7.4
Setting Speed Operation Parameters ............................................................................................................ 7-12
7.5
7.4.1
Acceleration/Deceleration Time......................................................................................................... 7-12
7.4.2
The S-Curve Operation [0x2304] ...................................................................................................... 7-12
7.4.3
The Manual JOG Operation Speed [0x2305] .................................................................................... 7-12
Setting Position Operation Parameters .......................................................................................................... 7-12
7.5.1
7.6
8.
Backlash Compensation [0x2403] ..................................................................................................... 7-12
Setting Parameters for XDL-L7N Built-in Functions ....................................................................................... 7-13
7.6.1
Checking/Deleting the Alarm History [0x2700] .................................................................................. 7-13
7.6.2
Auto Gain Tuning [0x2701] ................................................................................................................ 7-13
7.6.3
Absolute Encoder Reset [0x2702] ..................................................................................................... 7-13
Object Dictionary ............................................................................................................................ 8-1
8.1
The Object Dictionary List................................................................................................................................ 8-1
8.2
General Objects............................................................................................................................................... 8-4
0x1000, Device Type ....................................................................................................................................... 8-4
0x1001, Error Register .................................................................................................................................... 8-4
0x1008, Manufacturer Device Name ............................................................................................................... 8-4
0x1009, Hardware Version .............................................................................................................................. 8-5
0x100A, Software Version ............................................................................................................................... 8-5
0x1010, Store Parameters ............................................................................................................................... 8-6
※ When using this function, delay time will occur by EEPROM save .............................................................. 8-7
0x1011, Restore Default Parameters ............................................................................................................... 8-7
0x1018, Identity Object .................................................................................................................................. 8-10
8.3
PDO Mapping Objects ................................................................................................................................... 8-11
0x1600 to 0x1603, Receive PDO Mapping .................................................................................................... 8-11
0x1A00 to 0x1A03, Transmit PDO Mapping .................................................................................................. 8-14
8.4
Sync Manager Communication Objects ......................................................................................................... 8-18
0x1C00, Sync Manager Communication Type ............................................................................................... 8-18
0x1C10 to 0x1C13, Sync Manager PDO Assignment .................................................................................... 8-19
0x1C32, Sync Manager 2 Synchronization .................................................................................................... 8-21
0x1C33, Sync Manager 3 Synchronization .................................................................................................... 8-23
8.5
Manufacturer Specific Objects ....................................................................................................................... 8-25
0x2000, Motor ID ........................................................................................................................................... 8-25
0x2001, Encoder Type ................................................................................................................................... 8-25
0x2002, Encoder Resolution.......................................................................................................................... 8-25
0x2003, Power Fail Mode .............................................................................................................................. 8-26
0x2004, RST Power Fail Check Time ............................................................................................................ 8-26
0x2005, 7SEG Display Object ....................................................................................................................... 8-26
0x2006, Regenerative Resistor De-rating Factor ........................................................................................... 8-27
x
Table of Contents
0x2007, Regenerative Resistor Value ............................................................................................................ 8-27
0x2008, Regenerative Resistor Capacity ....................................................................................................... 8-27
0x2009, Overload Check Base ...................................................................................................................... 8-27
0x200A, Overload Warning Level .................................................................................................................. 8-28
0x200B, PWM Off Delay ................................................................................................................................ 8-28
0x200C, Dynamic Brake Control Mode .......................................................................................................... 8-28
0x200D, Basic Function Configuration ........................................................................................................... 8-29
0x200E, Position Scale Numerator ................................................................................................................ 8-29
0x200F, Position Scale Denominator ............................................................................................................. 8-29
0x2010, Velocity Scale Numerator ................................................................................................................. 8-29
0x2011, Velocity Scale Denominator ............................................................................................................. 8-30
0x2012, Acceleration Scale Numerator .......................................................................................................... 8-30
0x2013, Acceleration Scale Denominator ...................................................................................................... 8-30
0x2015, U Phase Current Offset .................................................................................................................... 8-33
0x2016, V Phase Current Offset .................................................................................................................... 8-33
0x2017, W Phase Current Offset ................................................................................................................... 8-33
0x2100, Inertia Ratio Setting ......................................................................................................................... 8-33
0x2101, Position P Gain 1 ............................................................................................................................. 8-34
0x2102, Position P Gain 2 ............................................................................................................................. 8-34
0x2103, The Position Command Filter Time Constant ................................................................................... 8-34
0x2104, Position Feed-forward Gain ............................................................................................................. 8-34
0x2105, The Position Feed-forward Filter Time Constant .............................................................................. 8-35
0x2106, Speed P Gain 1 ................................................................................................................................ 8-35
0x2107, Speed P Gain 2 ................................................................................................................................ 8-35
0x2108, Speed Integral Time Constant 1 (Speed I Gain 1 Time Constant) .................................................... 8-35
0x2109, Speed Integral Time Constant 2 (Speed I Gain 2 Time Constant) .................................................... 8-36
0x210A, The Speed Command Filter Time Constant ..................................................................................... 8-36
0x210B, The Speed Feedback Filter Time Constant ...................................................................................... 8-36
0x210C, The Torque Command Filter Time Constant .................................................................................... 8-36
0x210D, Conversion Mode ............................................................................................................................ 8-37
0x210E, The Gain Conversion Time .............................................................................................................. 8-38
0x210F, The Resonance Avoidance Operation (Notch Filter Use) ................................................................. 8-38
0x2110, The Resonance Avoidance Frequency (Notch Filter Frequency) ...................................................... 8-38
0x2111, The Resonance Avoidance Range (Notch Filter Bandwidth)............................................................. 8-38
0x2112, The Velocity Limit Switch .................................................................................................................. 8-39
0x2113, The Velocity Limit Value ................................................................................................................... 8-39
0x2114, P Control Conversion Torque (Torque Switch Value) ........................................................................ 8-39
0x2115, The P Control Conversion Speed (Speed Switch Value)................................................................... 8-39
0x2116, P Control Conversion Acceleration (Acceleration Switch Value) ....................................................... 8-39
0x2117, P Control Conversion Position Error (Following Error Switch Value) ................................................ 8-39
0x2200, Input Port Define 1 ........................................................................................................................... 8-40
0x2201, Input Port Define 2 ........................................................................................................................... 8-40
0x2202, Output Port Define 1 ........................................................................................................................ 8-40
0x2203, Output Port Define 2 ........................................................................................................................ 8-40
0x2204, The Input Port Logic Set .................................................................................................................. 8-40
0x2205, The Output Port Logic Set ................................................................................................................ 8-41
0x2206, The Zero Speed Range .................................................................................................................... 8-41
0x2207, The Break Output Speed.................................................................................................................. 8-41
0x2208, The Break Output Delay Time .......................................................................................................... 8-42
0x2300, The Index (Z-phase) Pulse Detection Operation Speed (Index Pulse Search Speed) ...................... 8-42
0x2301, The Speed Command Acceleration Time ......................................................................................... 8-42
xi
Table of Contents
0x2302, The Speed Command Deceleration Time......................................................................................... 8-43
0x2303, The Speed Command S-curve Time ................................................................................................ 8-43
0x2304, The Speed Operation Pattern (Acceleration Pattern) ....................................................................... 8-43
0x2305, The Manual JOG Operation Speed (JOG Speed) ............................................................................ 8-43
0x2306, JOG Operation Speed 1 (Program JOG Speed 1) ........................................................................... 8-44
0x2307, JOG Operation Speed 2 (Program JOG Speed 2) ........................................................................... 8-44
0x2308, JOG Operation Speed 3 (Program JOG Speed 3) ........................................................................... 8-44
0x2309, JOG Operation Speed 4 (Program JOG Speed 4) ........................................................................... 8-44
0x230A, JOG Operation Time 1 (Program JOG Time 1) ................................................................................ 8-44
0x230B, JOG Operation Time 2 (Program JOG Time 2) ................................................................................ 8-44
0x230C, JOG Operation Time 3 (Program JOG Time 3) ................................................................................ 8-45
0x230D, JOG Operation Time 4 (Program JOG Time 4) ................................................................................ 8-45
0x2402, The Position Limit Function .............................................................................................................. 8-45
0x2403, Backlash Compensation .................................................................................................................. 8-45
0x2600, The Current Speed (RPM) ............................................................................................................... 8-45
0x2601, The Command Speed (RPM) ........................................................................................................... 8-46
0x2602, The Tracking Position Pulse (Feedback Pulse) ................................................................................ 8-46
0x2603, The Position Command Pulse .......................................................................................................... 8-46
0x2604, The Remaining Position Pulse (Following Error) .............................................................................. 8-46
0x2605, The Input Command Frequency....................................................................................................... 8-46
0x2606, Current Operation Torque ................................................................................................................ 8-47
0x2607, Current Command Torque................................................................................................................ 8-47
0x2608, Accumulated Overload ..................................................................................................................... 8-47
0x2609, The Maximum Instantaneous Load .................................................................................................. 8-47
0x260A, The Torque Limit .............................................................................................................................. 8-47
0x260B, The DC-Link Voltage........................................................................................................................ 8-48
0x260C, Regenerative Overload ................................................................................................................... 8-48
0x260D, The Single-turn Data (Pulse) Display (Single-turn Data) .................................................................. 8-48
0x260E, The Single-turn Data (Degree) Display (Single-turn Data (deg)) ...................................................... 8-48
0x2610, The Room Temperature Display....................................................................................................... 8-49
0x2611, The Motor Rated Speed Display....................................................................................................... 8-49
0x2612, The Motor Maximum Speed Display ................................................................................................ 8-49
0x2613, The Motor Rated Current Display..................................................................................................... 8-49
0x2614, The U Phase Current Offset Display ................................................................................................ 8-49
0x2615, The V Phase Current Offset Display ................................................................................................ 8-50
0x2616, The FPGA Version Display............................................................................................................... 8-50
0x2617, External Encoder Position Feedback ............................................................................................... 8-50
0x2618, External Encoder Following Error..................................................................................................... 8-50
0x2700, Read/Clear the Alarm History........................................................................................................... 8-50
0x2701, Auto Gain Tuning (Auto-tuning) ........................................................................................................ 8-52
0x2702, Reset Absolute Encoder .................................................................................................................. 8-53
0x2703, Calibrate Current Offset ................................................................................................................... 8-53
8.6
CiA402 Objects.............................................................................................................................................. 8-55
0x603F, Error Code ....................................................................................................................................... 8-55
0x6040, Controlword ..................................................................................................................................... 8-55
Details on Bits 0 to 3 ...................................................................................................................................... 8-56
Details on Bits 4 to 9 ...................................................................................................................................... 8-56
0x6041, Statusword ....................................................................................................................................... 8-58
0x605A, The Quick Stop Option Code ........................................................................................................... 8-62
0x605B, The Shutdown Option Code............................................................................................................. 8-62
xii
Table of Contents
0x605C, The Disable Operation Option Code ................................................................................................ 8-63
0x605D, The Halt Option Code ...................................................................................................................... 8-63
0x605E, The Fault Reaction Option Code ..................................................................................................... 8-64
0x6060, Modes of Operation ......................................................................................................................... 8-64
0x6061, The Modes of Operation Display ...................................................................................................... 8-65
0x6062, The Position Demand Value ............................................................................................................. 8-65
0x6063, The Position Actual Internal Value .................................................................................................... 8-65
0x6064, The Position Actual Value ................................................................................................................ 8-65
0x6065, The Position Error Range (Following Error Window) ........................................................................ 8-66
0x6066, Position Error Timeout (Following Error Time Out) ........................................................................... 8-66
0x6067, The Position Reached Range (Position Window) ............................................................................. 8-66
0x6068, The Position Reached Time (Position Window Time) ....................................................................... 8-66
0x606B, The Velocity Demand Value ............................................................................................................. 8-67
0x606C, The Actual Velocity Value ................................................................................................................ 8-67
0x606D, The Velocity Reached Range (Velocity Window) ............................................................................. 8-67
0x606E, The Velocity Window Time ............................................................................................................... 8-67
0x6071, The Target Torque ............................................................................................................................ 8-68
0x6072, Maximum Torque ............................................................................................................................. 8-68
0x6074, The Torque Demand Value............................................................................................................... 8-68
0x6076, The Motor Rated Torque .................................................................................................................. 8-68
0x6077, The Torque Actual Value .................................................................................................................. 8-69
0x607A, The Target Position .......................................................................................................................... 8-69
0x607C, The Home Offset ............................................................................................................................. 8-69
0x607D, The Software Position Limit ............................................................................................................. 8-70
0x607F, Maximum Profile Velocity ................................................................................................................. 8-70
0x6083, Profile Acceleration .......................................................................................................................... 8-71
0x6084, Profile Deceleration .......................................................................................................................... 8-71
0x6085, Quick Stop Deceleration................................................................................................................... 8-71
0x6087, The Torque Slope ............................................................................................................................. 8-71
0x6098, The Homing Method......................................................................................................................... 8-72
0x6099, Homing Speeds................................................................................................................................ 8-72
0x609A, Homing Acceleration ........................................................................................................................ 8-73
0x60B1, The Velocity Offset........................................................................................................................... 8-73
0x60B2, The Torque Offset ............................................................................................................................ 8-73
0x60B8, The Touch Probe Function ............................................................................................................... 8-73
0x60B9, The Touch Probe Status................................................................................................................... 8-74
0x60BA, The Touch Probe 1 Positive Edge Position Value ............................................................................ 8-75
0x60BB, The Touch Probe 1 Negative Edge Position Value .......................................................................... 8-75
0x60BC, The Touch Probe 2 Positive Edge Position Value ............................................................................ 8-76
0x60BD, The Touch Probe 2 Negative Edge Position Value .......................................................................... 8-76
0x60C1, The Interpolation Data Record......................................................................................................... 8-76
0x60C2, The Interpolation Time Period.......................................................................................................... 8-77
0x60E0, The Positive Torque Limit Value ....................................................................................................... 8-77
0x60E1, The Negative Torque Limit Value ..................................................................................................... 8-77
0x60FC, The Position Demand Internal Value ............................................................................................... 8-78
0x60FD, The Digital Input .............................................................................................................................. 8-78
0x60FE, The Digital Output............................................................................................................................ 8-79
0x60FF, The Target Velocity........................................................................................................................... 8-80
0x6502, Supported Drive Modes ................................................................................................................... 8-80
9.
Handling and Operation .................................................................................................................. 9-1
xiii
Table of Contents
9.1
10.
Operation Checklist ......................................................................................................................................... 9-1
9.1.1
Wiring Checklist .................................................................................................................................. 9-1
9.1.2
Drive Signal (CN1) Wiring Checklist .................................................................................................... 9-1
9.1.3
Surrounding Environment Checklist .................................................................................................... 9-1
9.1.4
Machine Status Checklist .................................................................................................................... 9-1
Product Specifications ................................................................................................................. 10-1
10.1
The Servo Motor ............................................................................................................................................ 10-1
10.1.1 Product Features .............................................................................................................................. 10-2
10.1.2 10-2
10.1.3 Outline Diagram (For the drawing of Oilseal Type, it is available on request) .................................. 10-31
10.2
The Servo Drive .......................................................................................................................................... 10-48
10.2.1 Product Features ............................................................................................................................ 10-48
11.
10.3
Outline Diagram .......................................................................................................................................... 10-50
10.4
Options and Peripheral Devices .................................................................................................................. 10-52
Maintenance and Inspection ........................................................................................................ 11-1
11.1
Maintenance and Inspection .......................................................................................................................... 11-1
11.1.1 Precautions ....................................................................................................................................... 11-1
11.1.2 What to Inspect ................................................................................................................................. 11-1
11.1.3 Replacing Parts ................................................................................................................................. 11-3
11.2
Diagnosing and Troubleshooting Abnormalities ............................................................................................. 11-4
11.2.1 The Servo Motor ............................................................................................................................... 11-4
11.2.2 The Servo Drive ................................................................................................................................ 11-5
12.
xiv
Appendix ....................................................................................................................................... 12-1
12.1
Motor Types and IDs ..................................................................................................................................... 12-1
12.2
Test Drive Procedure ..................................................................................................................................... 12-4
1. Product Configuration
1.
Product Configuration
1.1
Product Verification
1. Check the name tag to verify that the product received matches the model ordered.

Does the servo drive’s name plate match?

Does the servo motor’s name plate match?
2. Check the product components and options.

Are the type and length of cables correct?

Does the regenerative resistor conform to the required standard?

Is the shape of the shaft correct?

Are there any abnormalities after mounting the oil seal or brake?

Are the gearbox and the gear ratios correct?

Is the encoder format correct?
3. Check the exterior of the device.

Are there any foreign substances or humidity in the device?

Is there any discoloration, contaminant, damage or disconnected wire?

Are the bolts tightly fastened to the joints?

Is there any abnormal sound or excessive friction during operation?
 The Servo Drive Product Format
XDL-L7 N A 004 B
Series
Name
The Servo
Series
Communication
Type
S: Standard I/O
type
N : Network type
Input
Voltage
A: 220 Vac
B: 400 Vac
Capacity
001 : 100 W
002 : 200 W
004 : 400 W
008 : 750 W
010 : 1.0 kW
020 : 2.0 kW
035 : 3.5 kW
050 : 5.0 kW
150 : 15.0 kW
Encoder Type
B: Serial
(communicationtype)
Option
(Blank)
Standard
product
(Marking)
Exclusive
Option
1-1
1. Product Configuration
 Servo Motor Product Format
XML – S B 04 A E K 1 G1 03
Servo Motor
Motor Capacity
R3 : 30[W]
Gearbox
classification
03 : 1/3
Shaft Cross-section
R5 : 50[W]
Motor Shape
S: Real Axis
H: Hollow
Shaft
B: Assembly
F : Flat Type
L : L7 Only
01 : 100[W]
N: Straight
02 : 200[W]
K: One-sided round
03 : 300[W]
key (standard)
04 : 400[W]
D: D Cut
05 : 450[W]
T: Tapering
06 : 550/600[W]
R: Double-sided round
07 : 650[W]
key
08 : 750/800[W]
H: Hollow Shaft
09 : 850/900[W]
Flange Size
A : 40 Flange
B : 60 Flange
C : 80 Flange
D : 100 Flange
E : 130 Flange
10 : 1.0[kW]
·
·
·
150 : 15.0[kW]
220 : 22.0[kW]
300 : 30.0[kW]
370 : 37.0[kW]
Non-existent: No gearbox
G1: For general industrial
purposes (Floor Mounted)
purposes Flange Mounted)
G3: Precise Gearbox
Quadrature (pulse
type)
Oil Seal and Brake
A: Inc. 1024 P/R
B: Inc. 2000 P/R
C: Inc. 2048 P/R
D: Inc. 2500 P/R
Rated RPM
E: Inc. 3000 P/R
H : 250 Flange
A : 3000 [rpm]
F: Inc. 5000 P/R
D : 2000 [rpm]
G : 1500 [rpm]
M : 1000 [rpm]
G: Inc. 6000 P/R
Serial BiSS
(communication type)
N : 19bit S-Turn Abs.
M : 19bit M-Turn Abs.
(18bit SA M-Turn Abs)
1-2
Gearbox Specifications
G2: For general industrial
Encoder Type
F : 180 Flange
G : 220 Flange
J : 280 Flange
·
·
10 : 1/10
Non-existent: None
included
1: Oil Seal attached
2: Brake attached
3: Oil Seal and Brake
attached
1. Product Configuration
1.2
Parts
1.2.1 Servo Motor Parts
 80 Flange or below
Motor Power
Cable
Motor
Connector
Encoder
Connector
Encoder
Cable
Shaft
Bearing Cap
Frame
Flange
Encoder
Cover
Housing
 80 Flange or below(Flat Type)
Power Connector
Encoder Connector
Shaft
 130 Flange or higher
Flange
Frame
Mold Housing
Motor
Connector
Encoder
Connector
Encoder
Cover
Shaft
Bearing Cap
Encoder Cover
Flange
Frame
Housing
1-3
1. Product Configuration
1.2.2 Servo Drive Parts
 XDL-L7NA001B, XDL-L7NA002B, XDL-L7NA004B
Operation keys
These allow you to
check parameters.
CHARGE lamp
This turns on when the main circuit power is on.
It remains turned on as long as an electric charge
is in the L7N condenser, even after the main
circuit power is turned off. Do not touch the power
terminal while turning it on. Doing so may result
in an electric shock.
Main power connectors (L1,
L2, and L3)
These terminals connect to
the main circuit power input.
DC reactor connectors
These terminals connect to the
DC reactor to suppress highfrequency power.
(PO and PI)
Short circuit these when not in
use.
State LEDs
These LED indicate the current
EtherCAT state.
USB communication port (CN5)
This port communicates with a
personal computer.
EtherCAT communication port
(input, CN4)
(EtherCAT IN, CN4)
EtherCAT communication port
(output, CN3)
(EtherCAT OUT, CN3)
Regenerative resistance connectors
(B+, B, and BI)
These terminals connect to the
external regenerative resistor.
- Short B and BI for
basic installations.
- If you are using an external resistor,
connect it to the B+ and B terminals.
Safety connector (CN6)
This connector connects safety
devices.
Note) If you are not using any
safety devices, be sure to install
the safety jump connector on the
L7N.
Control power terminals (C1 and C2)
These terminals are for the control
power input.
Input/output signal connector
(CN1)
This connector is for sequence
input/output signals.
Servo motor connecting terminals (U,
V, and W)
These terminals connect to the main
circuit cable (power cable) of the servo
motor.
Ground terminal
The ground terminal prevents electric
shock.
Be sure to connect a grounding line to this
terminal.
1-4
Display
This displays numerical values,
such as the L7N state and alarm
number.
Encoder connector (CN2)
This connects to the encoder
installed on the servo motor.
1. Product Configuration
 XDL-L7NA008B, XDL-L7NA010B
Operation keys
These allow you to check
parameters.
CHARGE lamp
This turns on when the main circuit power is on.
It remains turned on as long as an electric charge is in
the L7N condenser, even after the main circuit power is
turned off. Do not touch the power terminal while turning
it on. Doing so may result in an electric shock.
Main power connectors (L1, L2,
and L3)
These terminals connect to the
main circuit power input.
DC reactor connector (PO and PI)
These terminals connect to the DC reactor
to suppress high-frequency power.
(PO and PI)
Short circuit these when not in use.
Regenerative resistance connectors (B+,
B, and BI)
These terminals connect to the external
regenerative resistor.
- Short B and BI for
basic installations.
- If you are using an external resistor,
connect it to the B+ and B terminals.
Control power terminals
(C1 and C2)
These terminals are for the
control power input.
Display
This displays numerical values,
such as the L7N state and alarm
number.
State LEDs
These LED indicate the
current EtherCAT state.
USB communication port (CN5)
This port communicates with a
personal computer.
EtherCAT communication port
(input, CN4)
(EtherCAT IN, CN4)
EtherCAT communication port
(output, CN3)
(EtherCAT OUT, CN3)
Safety connector (CN6)
This connector connects safety devices.
Note) If you are not using any safety
devices, be sure to install the safety jump
connector on the L7N.
Input/output signal connector
(CN1)
This connector is for
sequence input/output
signals.
Servo motor connecting
terminals (U, V, and W)
These terminals connect to
the main circuit cable
(power cable) of the servo
motor.
Encoder connector (CN2)
This connects to the encoder
installed on the servo motor.
Ground terminal
The ground terminal prevents electric
shock.
Be sure to connect a grounding line to
this terminal.
1-5
1. Product Configuration
 XDL-L7NA020B, XDL-L7NA035B
Operation keys
These allow you to
check parameters.
CHARGE lamp
This turns on when the main circuit power is on.
It remains turned on as long as an electric charge is
in the L7N condenser, even after the main circuit
power is turned off. Do not touch the power terminal
while turning it on. Doing so may result in an electric
shock.
Main power connectors (L1, L2, and
L3)
These terminals connect to the main
circuit power input.
DC reactor connectors
These terminals connect to the DC reactor
to suppress high-frequency power.
(PO and PI)
Short circuit these when not in use.
Regenerative resistance connectors (B+,
B, and BI)
These terminals connect to the external
regenerative resistor.
- Short B and BI for
basic installations.
- If you are using an external resistor,
connect it to the B+ and B terminals.
Control power terminals (C1 and
C2)
These terminals are for the control
power input.
Servo motor connecting terminals (U, V,
and W)
These terminals connect to the main circuit
cable (power cable) of the servo motor.
Ground terminal
The ground terminal prevents electric
shock.
Be sure to connect a grounding line to
this terminal.
1-6
Display
This displays numerical values,
such as the L7N state and alarm
number.
State LEDs
These LED indicate the current
EtherCAT state.
USB communication port (CN5)
This port communicates with a
personal computer.
EtherCAT communication port (input,
CN4) IN, CN4)
(EtherCAT
EtherCAT communication port (output, CN3)
(EtherCAT OUT, CN3)
Safety connector (CN6)
This connector connects safety devices.
Note) If you are not using any safety
devices, be sure to install the safety jump
connector on the L7N.
Input/output signal connector (CN1)
This connector is for sequence input/output
signals.
Encoder connector (CN2)
This connects to the
encoder installed on the
servo motor.
1. Product Configuration
 XDL-L7NA050B
1-7
1. Product Configuration
1.3
Connector Diagram
Note 1) The input signals (DI4~DI8, output signals (DO1~DO4) are the factory default signals.
Note 2) ** is unallocated signals. You can allocate those signals by setting I/O signal allocation.
Refer to 6.3 I/O Contacts parameter setting for more information.
Note 3) Input signal DI7 and DI8 are always allocated as PROBE1, PROBE2 regardless of the
input signal allocation setting.
1-8
2. Installation
2.
Installation
2.1
The Servo Motor
2.1.1 Operating Environment
Item
Ambient
temperature
Ambient
humidity
External
vibration
Requirements
0
Notes
Consult with our technical support team to customize the
∼ 40[℃] product if temperatures in the installation environment are
outside this range.
80% RH or lower
Do not operate this device in an environment with steam.
Vibration acceleration
19.6 ㎨ or below on
both the X and Y axis.
Excessive vibrations reduce the lifespan of the bearings.
2.1.2 Preventing Impact
Impact to the motor during installation or handling may damage the encoder.
2.1.3 Motor Connection

The motor might burn out if it is connected directly to commercial power.
Always connect the motor via the specified drive.

Connect the ground terminals of the motor to either of the two ground terminals inside the drive,
and attach the remaining terminal to the type-3 ground.
U–U
V-V
W–W
- F.G

Connect the U, V, and W terminals of the motor in the same way as the U, V, and W terminals of
the drive.

Ensure that the pins on the motor connector are securely attached.

In order to protect against moisture or condensation in the motor, make sure that insulation
resistance is 10 ㏁ (500 V) or higher before installation.
2-1
2. Installation
2.1.4 The Load Device Connection
For coupling connections: Ensure that the motor shaft and load shaft are aligned within the
tolerance range.
0.03 ㎜ or below (peak to peak)
Load shaft
Motor shaft
0.03 ㎜ or below (peak to peak)
 For pulley connections:
Flange
Lateral Load
Axial Load
N
kgf
N
kgf
40
148
15
39
4
60
206
21
69
7
80
255
26
98
10
130
725
74
362
37
180
1548
158
519
53
220
1850
189
781
90
Notes
Nr: 30 ㎜ or below
Lateral load
Axial load
2.1.5 Cable Installation
2-2

For vertical installations, make sure that no oil or water flows into the connecting parts.

Do not apply pressure to or damage the cables.

Use robot cables to prevent swaying when the motor moves.
2. Installation
2.2
The Servo Drive
2.2.1 Operating Environment
Item
Requirements
Ambient
temperature
0
∼50[
Notes
Caution
Install a cooling fan on the control panel to maintain
an appropriate temperature.
Ambient
humidity
90% RH or lower
Caution
Condensation or moisture may develop inside the drive during
prolonged periods of inactivity and damage it.
Remove all moisture before operating the drive after a
prolonged period of inactivity.
External
vibration
Vibration
acceleration 4.9
㎨ or lower
Excessive vibration reduces the lifespan of the machine and
may cause malfunctions.
Ambient
conditions




Do not expose the device to direct sunlight.
Do not expose the device to corrosive or combustible gases.
Do not expose the device to oil or dust.
Ensure that the device receives sufficient ventilation.
2-3
2. Installation
2.2.2 Wiring the Control Panel
Comply with the spacing specified in the following figures when installing the control panel.
More than
40 mm
More than
10 mm
More than
40 mm
More than
100 mm
More than
10 mm
More than
10 mm
More than
40 mm
More than
10 mm
More than
2 mm
Caution





2-4
Ensure that during installation the heat from the external regenerative resistor does not affect
the drive.
Ensure that the servo drive control panel is flat against the wall during installation.
Ensure that the metal powder from drilling does not enter the drive when assembling the control
panel.
Ensure that oil, water, and metal dust do not enter the drive through gaps in the casing.
Protect the control panel by spraying compressed air in areas which accumulate harmful gases
or dust.
2. Installation
2.2.3 Power Supply Wiring

Ensure that the input power voltage is within the acceptable range.
Caution
Overvoltage can damage the drive.

Connecting commercial power to the U, V and W terminals of the drive may damage the drive.
Always supply power via the L1, L2 and L3 terminals.

Connect short-circuit pins to the B and BI terminals. For external regenerative resistors, remove the
short-circuit pins and use standard resistors for the B+ and B terminals.
Model
Resistance
Value
Standard
Capacity
100 Ω
Built-in 50 W
* Notes
XDLL7NA001B
XDLL7NA002B
XDLL7NA004B
XDLL7NA008B
XDLL7NA010B
XDLL7NA020B
XDLL7NA035B
40 Ω
Built-in 100 W
13 Ω
Built-in 150 W
Caution
For information about resistance during
regenerative capacity expansion, refer to
Section 9.3, "O“tional and Peripheral Devices.”

Configure the system so that the main power (L1, L2, L3) is supplied after the control power (C1,
C2). (Refer to Chapter 3, "W“ring.”)

High voltages may remain in the device for sometime even after the main power is disconnected.
Warning
After disconnecting the main power, ensure that the charge lamp is off before you start wiring.
Failure to do so may result in electric shock.

Always ground the device over the shortest possible distance.
Long ground wires are susceptible to noise which may cause the device to malfunction.
2-5
3. Wiring
3.
Wiring
3.1
Internal Diagram
3.1.1
XDL-L7N Drive Block Diagram [XDL-L7NA001B - –
7NA004B]
Note 1)
If using a DC reactor, connect the PO and PI pins.
Note 2)
If using an external regenerative resistor, remove the B and BI short-circuit pins and connect the
B+ and B pins.
3-1
3. Wiring
3.1.2
XDL-L7N Drive Block Diagram [XDL-L7NA008B - –
7NA035B]
Note 2)
Note 1)
Note 3)
Cooling Fan
PI N
PO
B+
B
BI
IGBT
Thermister
Diode
Regenerative
Resistor
Three-Phase Power Input
AC200~230V L1
Current Sensor
Thermister
L2
L3
U
V
W
Chage
Lamp
M
E
T1 T2
Thermister
Main Power
Failure
Detection Circuit
Control Power Failure
Detection Circuit
Internal
Temperature
Detection Circuit
Relay
Operation
Circuit
Regenerative
Breaking
Operation
Circuit
DC Voltage
Detection
Circuit
IGBT
Temperature
Detection
Circuit
PWM Signal
SC Detection
Circuit
U and V Current
Detection
Circuit
DB
Operation
Circuit
Single-Phase Power Input
AC200~230V
S
M
P
S
C1
C2
Main Control
POWER Circuit Access
U and V Current
DC Voltage
BiSS
A/D Conversion
CN3,CN4
EtherCAT
CN5
USB
DSP / FPGA
ESC
Communication
Encoder
Input
USB TO UART
Communication
CN2
P/C Insulation I/F
Safety Function Input
(2 Points)
Safety Function Output
(1Points)
Safety Device Connection (CN6)
3-2
Contact Input
(8 Points)
Contact Output
(4 Points)
Upper Controller Connection (CN1)
Note 1)
If using a DC reactor, connect the PO and PI pins.
Note 2)
If using an external regenerative resistor, remove the B and BI short-circuit pins and connect the
B+ and B pins.
Note 3)
The XDL-L7NA008B ~ XDL-L7NA035B modesl are cooled by a DC 24V cooling fan.
3. Wiring
3.1.3 XDL-L7N Drive Block Diagram [XDL-L7NA050B]
Note 2)
Note 1)
Note 3)
Cooling Fan
PI N
PO
B+
B
BI
IGBT
Thermister
Diode
Regenerative
Resistor
Three-Phase Power Input
AC200~230V L1
Current Sensor
Thermister
L2
L3
U
V
W
Chage
Lamp
M
E
T1 T2
Thermister
Main Power
Failure
Detection Circuit
Control Power Failure
Detection Circuit
Internal
Temperature
Detection Circuit
Relay
Operation
Circuit
Regenerative
Breaking
Operation
Circuit
DC Voltage
Detection
Circuit
IGBT
Temperature
Detection
Circuit
PWM Signal
SC Detection
Circuit
U and V Current
Detection
Circuit
DB
Operation
Circuit
Single-Phase Power Input
AC200~230V
S
M
P
S
C1
C2
Main Control
POWER Circuit Access
U and V Current
DC Voltage
BiSS
A/D Conversion
CN3,CN4
EtherCAT
CN5
USB
DSP / FPGA
ESC
Communication
Encoder
Input
USB TO UART
Communication
CN2
P/C Insulation I/F
Safety Function Input
(2 Points)
Safety Function Output
(1Points)
Safety Device Connection (CN6)
Contact Input
(8 Points)
Contact Output
(4 Points)
Upper Controller Connection (CN1)
Note 1)
If using a DC reactor, connect the PO and PI pins.
Note 2)
If using an external regenerative resistor, remove the B and BI short-circuit pins and connect the
B+ and B pins.
Note 3)
The XDL-L7NA050B model is cooled by a DC 24V cooling fan.
3-3
3. Wiring
3.2
Power Supply Wiring
3.2.1
XDL-L7N Drive Wiring Diagram [XDL-L7NA001B - –
7NA035B]
(200~230V)
R S T
Main
OFF
Note1)
Main
ON
1MC
Servo Drive
DC Reactor
1Ry
PO PI
NF
1MC
1SK
1MC
L1
L2
L3
U
V
W
C1
C2
M
E
Encoder
1Ry
Alarm+
+24V
Ry : Relay
SK : Spark Killer
MC : Circuit Breaker
Alarm-
3
4
CN1
B+
B
BI
Note2)
External
Regenerative
Resistance
It takes approximately one to two seconds to output an alarm signal after turning on the main
power. Accordingly, press and hold the main power ON switch for at least two seconds.
Note 4)
Note 5)
Note 6)
3-4
Check the B and BI short-circuit terminals and the XDL-L7NA001B-XDL-L7NA004B (50 W, 100 Ω),
XDL-L7NA008B ~ XDL-L7NA010B (100 W, 40 Ω), and XDL-L7NA020B ~ XDL-L7NA035B (150 W,
13 Ω) regenerative resistors before use. If the regenerative capacity is high because of frequent
acceleration and deceleration, open the short-circuit pins (B, BI) and connect an external
regenerative resistor to B and B+.
Remove approximately 7-10 ㎜ of the sheathing from the cables for the main circuit power and
attach crimp terminals. (Refer to Section 3.2.2, "P“wer Circuit Electrical Components.”)
Press the button on the XDL-L7NA001B-XDL-L7NA010B drive terminal to attach or remove wires
to the main circuit power unit. For the XDL-L7NA020B ~ XDL-L7NA035B drive, use a (-) flathead
screwdriver to attach or remove the wires.
3. Wiring
3.2.2 L7 Drive Wiring Diagram [XDL-L7N050B]
Ry : Relay
SK : Spark Killer
MC : Circuit Breaker
Note 1) It takes approximately one to two seconds to output an alarm signal after turning on the main power.
Accordingly, press and hold the main power ON swithch for at least two seconds.
Note 2) Check the status of connection of internal regenerative resistance (B+.B) be fore using because
XDL-L7NA050□(120[W], 6.8[Ω]) has internal regenerative resistance. If the vaule of regenerative
voltage is
too high by frequent deceleration and acceleration, install external regenerative resistance on B and B+,
B to “NC” hole on the case.
.
3-5
3. Wiring
3.2.3 Power Circuit Electrical Components
XDLL7NA001B
Name
MCCB(NFB)
Noise Filter (NF)
XDLL7NA002B
XDLL7NA004B
30A Frame
10A
(ABE33b/10)
30A Frame 5A
(ABE33b/5)
XDLL7NA008B
XDLL7NA010B
30A Frame 15A
(ABE33b/15)
TB6-B010LBEI(10A)
XDLL7NA020B
XDLL7NA035B
30A Frame 30A
(ABE33b/30)
XDL-L7NA050B
50A Frame
40A(ABE53b/40)
TB6-B030NBDC(30A)
TB6B040A(40A)
DC reactor
HFN-10(10A)
HFN-15(15A)
HFN-30(30A)
HFN-40(40A)
MC
11A / 240V
(GM□-9)
18A / 240V
(GM□-18)
32A / 240V
(GM□-32)
50A / 240V
(GM□-50)
AWG14(2.5 ㎟)
AWG14(2.5 ㎟)
AWG12(4.0 ㎟)
AWG10 (6.0 ㎟)
AWG14(2.5 ㎟)
AWG14(2.5 ㎟)
AWG14(2.5 ㎟)
AWG14(2.5 ㎟)
Crimp terminal
UA-F1510, SEOIL
(10mm Strip & Twist)
UA-F2010, SEOIL
(10mm Strip & Twist)
UA-F4010, SEOIL
(10mm Strip & Twist)
Regenerative
resistor
(Default)
50 W
100 Ω
100 W
40 Ω
150 W
13 Ω
Wire
(Note1)
L1,L2
,L3,
PO,PI
,N,B+
,B,BI,
U,V,
W
C1,
C2
• BLZ7.62HP/03/180LR
Connector
(L1,L2..IV,W)
• BLF 5.08/03/180F SN BK BX
SN BK BX SO
• BLF 5.08/11/180F SN BK BX
• BLZ7.62HP/11/180LR
SN BK BX SO
Note1) Use 600V-PVC Insulated wire for wiring.
Use approved UL wire (Temp. 75℃ or above) for UL(CSA) Regulation.
Use approved wire for any other regulations.
Use equivalent or above components compare to components above for any special applications.
3-6
GP110028
KET
120[W]
6.8Ω
3. Wiring
(XDL-L7NA004B or below)
Length of strip
7~10[㎜]
0.4~0.5[N·m]
0.6
3.5
100
Weidmueller’s
SD 0.6x3.5x100
M4 : 1.2[N·m]
(XDL-L7NA008B ~ XDL-L7NA010B)
Length of strip
7~10[㎜]
0.4~0.5[N·m]
A
Weidmueller’s
B
C
SD 0.6x3.5x100
M4 : 1.2[N·m]
3-7
3. Wiring
(XDL-L7NA020B ~ XDL-L7NA035B)
Length of strip
7~10[㎜]
0.4~0.5[N·m]
A
B
C
Weidmueller’s
M4 : 1.2[N·m]
SD 0.6x3.5x100
1) Refer to the drawings above for wiring with BLF 5.08 or BLZ 7.62HP Series connector.
2) Insert wire into wire-hole when upper screw is untightened and then, use appropriate (-) shaped
screwdriver with 0.4 ~ 0.5[N.m] torque to make tight completely.
3) Cut by vibration, malfunction or fire by short could be occurred if torque of screwing was not enough.
4) Make tight completely by using hooks both sides when connectors are attached to servo drive after
wiring.
5) FG screw which is located the bottom of servo drive has to be M4 and put on the FG screw with
1.2[N.m] torque.
6) Malfunction of drive could be occurred if torque of screwing was not enough.
7) Recommended (-)shaped screwdriver: Weidmueller’s SD 0.6x3.5x100.
3-8
3. Wiring
(XDL-L7NA050B)
TB1
L1
L2
L3
B+
B
U
V
W
FG
FG
TB2
N
PO
P1
TB3
C1
0-
C2
Malfunction of drive could be occurred if torque of screwing was not enough.
3-9
3. Wiring
3.3
Timing Diagram
3.3.1 Timing Diagram During Power Input
For the XDL-L7N Series, connect single-phase power to the C1 and C2 terminals to supply
power to the control circuit, and three-phase power to L1, L2, and L3 to supply power to the
main circuit.
The servo signal becomes Ready after the maximum period of 120 ms that is required to
reset the device elapses. If you change the signal to ON, the servo operates in 40 ms.
200 ms
Main power,
control power
Control power
established 5 V
Control
program reset
50 ms
150 ms
120 ms
10 ms
Main power
Alarm
(Normally On)
10 ms
Servo Ready
Servo On
5 ms
Clear the DB
PWM output
(motor rotation)
3-10
40 ms
2 ms
Note 1)
The Servo Ready turns on after the main power is established and the control program is reset.
Note 2)
Servo On begins after the Servo Ready is on and the EtherCAT communication and the servo are
synchronized.
3. Wiring
3.3.2 Timing Diagram During an Alarm Trigger
When an alarm is triggered in the servo drive, it blocks the PWM and stops the motor.
Caution

Reset the alarm after solving the problem that triggered the alarm and after changing the
command signal (Servo On) to Off.
200 ms
Main power,
control power
supply
Control power
established
5V
150 ms
Control
program reset
Main power
Alarm triggered by
an anomaly
Alarm
(Normally On)
Remove the
causes that
triggered the
alarm
10 ms
Servo RDY
Servo On
5 ms
Clear the DB
PWM
(Motor rotation)
40 ms
2 ms
30 ms
RESET
3-11
3. Wiring
3.4
Wiring the Control Signals
3.4.1 The Contact Input Signal
Caution
1. There are two input contacts based on the characteristics of the A and B contact signals.
Configure them in accordance with the input signal logic definition (0x2204).
2. Change the signal definition for each contact in accordance with the input signal definition
(0x2200, 0x2201).
DC 24V
R1
R2
Internal circuit
COM
R1: 3.3 KΩ, R2: 680 Ω
3.4.2 The Contact Output Signal
Caution
1. There are two input contacts based on the characteristics of the A and B contact signals.
Configure them in accordance with the output signal logic definition (0x2205).
2. Change the signal definition for each contact in accordance with the output signal definition
(0x2202, 0x2203).
3. Overvoltage or over currents may damage the device because it uses an internal transistor
switch.

Rated voltage and current: DC 24 V ±10%, 150 ㎃
Contact
L
Note 1)
Contact
L
Internal circuit
DC 24V
Note 1)
3-12
The alarm and READY output signals are separate in the GND24 terminal.
3. Wiring
3.5
Connecting Serial Encoder Signals (CN2)
3.5.1 XLCS-E□□□CS Cable
AWG24 4Pair Twist
Servo motor
1
2
3
4
Servo drive
Shield Wire
MA
/MA
SL
/SL
3
4
5
6
+5V
GND
14
7
인코더
Encoder
7
8
Cable
Connector
Maker-AMP
172161-1
170361-1
Cable
Connector(CN2)
Maker-3M
10314-52A0-008
10114-3000VE
9
SHD Frame
3.5.2 XLCS-E□□□DS Cable
AWG24 4Pair Twist
Servo motor
1
2
3
4
Shield Wire
Servo drive
MA
/MA
SL
/SL
3
4
5
6
+5V
GND
14
7
인코더
인코더
7
8
Cable
Connector
MS3108B20-29S
9
Cable
Connector(CN2)
Maker-3M
10314-52A0-008
10114-3000VE
SHD Frame
3-13
3. Wiring
3.5.3 XLCS-E□□□ES Cable
AWG24 4Pair Twist
Servo motor
Servo drive
Shield Wire
1
6
2
7
MA
/MA
SL
/SL
3
4
5
6
9
4
5V
GND
14
7
인코더
인코더
Cable
Connector(CN2)
Maker – 3M
10314-52A0-008
10114-3000VE
Connector
Tyco Connector
(7Ciruits)
3-14
5
SHD Frame
3. Wiring
3.6
Connecting Multi-turn Encoder Signals (CN2)
3.6.1 XLCS-E
CS1 Cable
AWG24 4Pair Twist
Shield Wire
Servo motor
Encoder
Servo drive
1
2
3
4
5
6
MA
/MA
SL
/SL
BAT+
BAT-
3
4
5
6
7
8
5V
GND
14
7
Cable
Connector(CN2)
Maker - 3M
10314-52A0-008
10114-3000VE
Cable
Connector
SHD Frame
9
172161-1(AMP)
170361-1(AMP)
3.6.2 XLCS-E
DS1 Cable
AWG24 4Pair Twist
Servo motor
Encoder
Servo drive
Shield Wire
A
B
C
D
E
F
MA
/MA
SL
/SL
BAT+
BAT-
3
4
5
6
H
G
5V
GND
14
7
Cable
Connector(CN2)
Maker - 3M
10314-52A0-008
10114-3000VE
Cable
Connector
MS3108S20-29S
J
SHD Frame
3-15
3. Wiring
3.6.3 XLCS-E
ES1 Cable
AWG24 4Pair Twist
Servo motor
인코더
Encoder
Servo drive
Shield Wire
1
6
2
7
8
3
MA
/MA
SL
/SL
BAT+
BAT_
3
4
5
6
9
4
5V
GND
14
7
Cable
Connector(CN2)
Maker - 3M
10314-52A0-008
10114-3000VE
Connector
Tyco Connector
(7Ciruits)
3-16
5
SHD Frame
3. Wiring
3.7
Connecting the Input/Output Signals
3.7.1 The Names and Functions of the Input Signals
(CN1)
Pin Number
Name
Details
7
/N-OT
Reverse (CW)
rotation prohibited
8
/P-OT
Forward (CCW)
rotation prohibited
11
HOME
Origin sensor
12
ALMRST
Alarm reset
13
PCON
P control action
When the contact is on, the speed control
loop transfers the mode from PI control to P
control.
14
GAIN2
Transfer of the
gain 1 and gain 2
When gain 2 contact is ON, it transfers from
gain 1 to gain 2.
/PROBE1
Touch probe 1
/PROBE2
Touch probe 2
9
Note 1)
Note 1)
10
Note 1)
Function
The actuator stops the servo motor to
prevent it from moving beyond the motion
range.
Connects the origin sensor to return to the
origin.
Deactivates the servo alarm.
The probe signal to rapidly store the
position value.
You cannot map touch probe signals.
3.7.2 The Names and Functions of the Output Signals
(CN1)
Pin Number
Name
1
BRAKE+
2
BRAKE-
3
ALARM+
4
ALARM-
17
/READY+
Details
Function
Brake
Outputs signals to control the brake when
the servo is turned on or off.
Alarm
Outputs a signal when an alarm occurs.
Servo Ready
This signal is output when the main power
is established and the preparations for
servo operation are complete.
18
/READY-
19
/ZSPD+
20
/ZSPD-
Zero speed
reached
Allocated
INPOS
Location reached
Outputs a signal when the device reaches
the specified location.
Allocated
INSPD
Speed reached
Outputs a signal when the device reaches
the specified speed.
Allocated
WARN
Warning
Outputs a signal when the current speed
drops below the zero speed.
Outputs warning signals.
3-17
3. Wiring
3.7.3 Layout of the Input/Output Signal Connectors
1
2
BREAK-
Brake
output-
4
ALRAM-
Alarm output-
+24V IN
External power
input
3
5
6
8
10
/P-OT
/PROBE2
7
Forward
rotation
prohibited
9
BREAK+
ALRAM+
NC
/N-OT
/PROBE1
Touch probe
input 2
Brake
output+
12
ALMRST
14
GAIN2
Alarm output+
Reverse
rotation
prohibited
18
NC
/READY-
Touch probe
input 1
20
/ZSPD-
HOME
Origin sensor
13
PCON
P control action
15
NC
17
/READY+
19
/ZSPD+
Transfer of
gains 1 and 2
16
11
Alarm reset
-
-
Servo ready +
Servo ready Zero speed
achieved-
Zero speed
achieved+
3.7.4 The Names and Functions of Safety Function
Signals (CN6)
Pin Number
Name
3
/HWBB1-
4
/HWBB1+
5
/HWBB2+
6
/HWBB2-
7
EDM+
8
EDM-
function
For hard-wired base block inputs
Performs a base block (block torque) on signal off.
Outputs the pilot circuit status.
3.7.5 The Connector Layout of Safety Function
Signals (CN6)
8
EDM-
Pilot circuit
state
output-
6
/HWBB2+
Hard-wired
base block
signal input 2+
4
/HWBB1+
Hard-wired
base block
signal input 1+
2
NC
Note 1)
7
EDM+
Pilot circuit
state
output+
5
/HWBB2-
Hard-wired
base block
signal input 2-
3
/HWBB1-
Hard-wired
base block
signal input 1-
1
NC
Note 1)
Note 1)
3-18
Never use this on a blank terminal because it is connected to an internal circuit.
3. Wiring
3.7.6 Operation Method of Safety Function Signals
(CN6)
1) How to use XDL-L7N STO Plug Dummy
Plug Connector Kit : 2040008-1(TE)
Name of product : APC-CN6J
2) How to use EMG Signal on MAIN
Setting
/HWBB1
/HWBB2
EDM
STO State
1
OFF
OFF
ON
STO
2
ON
OFF
OFF
STO
3
OFF
ON
OFF
STO
4
ON
ON
OFF
Normal State
3-19
3. Wiring
3-20
3. Wiring
3.8
EtherCAT Connection Example
3.8.1 Example Connection
The following figure shows the connection between a master and slave using EtherCAT
communication.
EtherCAT master
Slave axis 1 + Slave axis 2 + …… + Slave axis n
Slave axis 1
Slave axis 2
Slave axis n
3-21
3. Wiring
3.8.2 EtherCAT Connectors and the Pin Map
The XDL-L7N drive uses CN4 and CN3 as I/O Connector for EtherCAT.
Connector
Function
CN4
The EtherCAT input
CN3
The EtherCAT output
Pin Number
Signal Name
Line color
1
TX/RX0 +
White/Orange
2
TX/RX0 -
Orange
3
TX/RX1+
White/Green
4
TX/RX2 -
Blue
5
TX/RX2 +
White/Blue
6
TX/RX1 -
Green
7
TX/RX3 +
White/Brown
8
TX/RX3 -
Brown
Plate
Note 1)
EtherCAT only uses signals from the No. 1, 2, 3, and 6 wires.
Note 2)
Recommended Connector : STP CAT.5E RJ-45 8P8C
Recommended Cable: CAT.5 STP
3-22
Shield
3. Wiring
3.9
Example of connecting to PLC
3.9.1 XGT PLC – XGF-PN8B
Power
supply
L1
NF
AC200~230V
50/60㎐
L2
L7N Servo
U
C1
C2
B+
Regenerative
braking resistor
APM-FB04AMK
APD-L7NA004B
U
V
V
W
W
M
ENC
B/Bl
E
CN1
Digital input
DC 24V
+24V IN
Digital output
6
(DO1)
3.3kΩ
PCON
13
(DI1)
GAIN2
14
(DI2)
A-RST
12
(DI3)
HOME
11
(DI4)
8
(DI5)
7
(DI6)
P-OT
N-OT
XGF-PN8B
+
DC 24V
-
Encoder2
1
ENC1 A+
A
2
ENC1 A-
B
3
ENC1 B+
Z
0V
4
ENC1 B-
5
ENC1 Z+
6
ENC1 Z-
A+
주3) (DI8)
4
ALARM-
17
READY+
18
READY-
19
ZSPD+
20
ZSPD-
1
BRAKE+
2
BRAKE-
**
INPOS
**
INSPD
**
WARN
HWBB1-
Digital Output
3
4
HWBB2+
5
HWBB2-
6
3.3kΩ
(DI1)
(DO1)
7
EDM+
8
EDM-
3.3kΩ
(DI2)
DC24V GND
ENC2 A+
A-
8 ENC2 A-
B+
B-
9 ENC2 B+
10 ENC2 B-
Z+
11 ENC2 Z+
Z-
12 ENC2 Z-
0V
10
HWBB1+
*주2
7
PROBE2
(DO4)
(DI7)
ALARM+
Digital Input
5V
5V
9
(DO3)
CN6
DC 24V
*주1
Encoder1
PROBE1
(DO2)
3
OUT
Ethernet Cable
CN4
CN3
Connection to next servo drive
3-23
4. How to use the Loader
4.
How to use the Loader
4.1
Name and Function of each parts
Display 5-digit FND Data
Display decimal point
Botton for moving
FND Object
Display State of
EtherCAT Comm.
or Error
16Bit : Display “ – “
32Bit : Display dot
Refer to 5.3 LED State for more information.
4-1
4. How to use the Loader
4.2
Status Summary Display
(1) Display Status Summary for CSP Mode
① Example of state of Servo Off in CSP Mode
DIGT3~1
DIGT3~1: Display
: 현재의 Current
서보 상태state
표시
bb -· Servo
OffOFF 상태
bb – 서보
run ·- run
Servo
OnON 상태
– 서보
Pot ·-Pot
CCW
LimitLimit 상태
– CCW
– CW
Limit 상태
not ·–not
CW
Limit
DIGT4_Upper : ZSPD
DIGT4_상 : ZSPD
DIGT4_Middle
: INSPD or INPOS
DIGT4_중 : INSPD or INPOS
DIGT4_Lower
:
Command(Speed
or Torque) State
DIGT4_하 : Command(속도
or 토크)상태
DIGT4_DOT
:
READY
State
DIGT4_DOT : READY 상태
DIGT5: 현재의
: Display
current표시
control mode.
DIGT5
제어모드
P· P
- Profile
Position,
Interpolated
Position,
Cyclic
Sync
Position
– Profile
Position,
Interpolated
Position,
Cyclic
Sync
Position
S· S
- Profile
Velocity,
Cyclic
Sync
Velocity
– Profile Velocity, Cyclic Sync Velocity
T· –
Profile,
Cyclic
Sync
Torque
T Torque
– Torque
Profile,
Cyclic
Sync
Torque
H· H
– Homing
mode
– Homing mode
DIGIT5_Lower : Init state
· DIGIT5_하 : Init state
DIGIT5_Middle, Lower : Pre-Operational state
· DIGIT5_중,하 : Pre-Operational state
DIGIT5_Upper, Middle, Lower : Safe-Operational state
· DIGIT5_상,중,하 : Safe-Operational state
② Example of state of Servo On in CSP Mode
4-2
4. How to use the Loader
(2) Chart of status summary for Servo operation.
Refer to chart below for status summary for Servo operation.
Display of DIGT5
Function
Note
Disconnect STO Connector.
Init state.
Pre-Op state.
Safe-Op state.
Servo OFF state in PP, IP or CSP Mode.
Servo ON state in PP, IP or CSP Mode.
CCW Limit state in PP, IP or CSP Mode.
CW Limit state in PP, IP or CSP Mode.
Servo OFF state in PV or CSV Mode.
Servo ON state in PV or CSV Mode.
CCW Limit state in PV or CSV Mode.
CW Limit state in PV or CSV Mode.
Servo OFF state in TQ or CST Mode.
Servo ON state in TQ or CST Mode.
CCW Limit state in TQ or CST Mode.
CW Limit state in TQ or CST Mode.
Servo OFF state in Homing Mode.
Servo ON state in Homing Mode.
CCW Limit state in Homing Mode.
CW Limit state in Homing Mode.
4-3
4. How to use the Loader
4.3
Display FND Output Object
(1) How to use the button on loader
P-.bb
P-.bb
2600
2600
버튼 길게 누름
- Holding
down
the
FND
초기 상태로
이동
· 버튼 짧게 누름
- Click
the button.
· 다음 번지 오브젝트로 이동
- Move to next object.
button.
- Move to state of FND default.
2600의
Value of Value
2600
2600의
Value
2601
2601
2601의
2601의
Value
Value of Value
2601
2615
2615
2615의
2615의
Value
Value of Value
2615
2616
2616
2616의
Value of Value
2616
2616의
Value
4-4

When clicking the button, display of FND will move to next object and display value of that object.

If holding down the button while number of object is displayed, it will move to state of FND
default.(ex : P-bb, Servo OFF state in Position control Mode)

Object address which is displayed on FND is from 2600 up to 2616. Those data cannot be modified
by button.
5. EtherCAT Communication
5.
EtherCAT Communication
EtherCAT stands for Ethernet for Control Automation Technology. It is a communication
method for masters and slaves which uses Real-Time Ethernet, developed by the German
company BECKHOff and managed by the EtherCAT Technology Group (ETG).
The basic concept of the EtherCAT communication is that, when a DataFrame sent from a
master passes through a slave, the slave inputs the received data to the DataFrame as soon
as it receives the data.
EtherCAT uses a standard Ethernet frame compliant with IEEE802.3.
Since it is based on a 100BASE-TX Ethernet, cable lengths of up to 100 meters are possible
and the maximum number of connected slaves is 65,535, so it is possible to configure a
nearly unlimited network size. In addition to this, when using a separate Ethernet switch, you
can interconnect it to common TCP/IP.
5.1
The Structure of CANopen over EtherCAT
Servo Application
Object Dictionary
Application Layer
EtherCAT
State
Machine
SDO
PDO Mapping
Registers
Mailbox
Process Data
Sync
Manager0
Sync
Manager1
FMMU0
FMMU1
Sync
Manager2
Sync
Manager3
Data Link Layer
EtherCAT Physical Layer
The XDL-L7N drive uses a CiA 402 drive profile. The Object Dictionary in the application
layer includes application data and PDO mapping information from the process data
interface and application data.
The Process Data Object (PDO) consists of an Object Dictionary that can be mapped to the
PDO, and the content of the process data is defined by PDO mapping.
The process data communication is able to periodically read and write the PDO. Mailbox
communication can aperiodically read and write all of the Object Dictionaries.
5-1
5. EtherCAT Communication
5.2
The EtherCAT State Machine
Init
(PI)
(IP)
Pre-Operational
(OI)
(PS)
(SI)
(SP)
(OP)
Safe-Operational
(OS)
(SO)
Operational
State
Init
Details
Resets a device.
Unable to perform mailbox or process data communication.
Pre-Operational
Able to perform mailbox communication.
Safe-Operational
Able to read the PDO input data (TxPDO).
Unable to receive PDO output data (RxPDO).
Operational
Performs periodical I/O communication and it is possible to process PDO
output data (RxPDO).
Transition State
5-2
Details
IP
Begins mailbox communication.
PI
Stops mailbox communication.
PS
Begins input data updates.
SP
Stops input data updates.
SO
Begins output data updates.
OS
Stops output data updates.
OP
Stops input/output data updates.
SI
Stops input data updates and mailbox communication.
OI
Stops both input/output data updates and mailbox communication.
5. EtherCAT Communication
5.3
LED State
The LEDs on the operating panel of the XDL-L7N drive indicates EtherCAT communication
and error statuses, as shown in the following figure.
L/A IN L/A OUT
RUN
ERR
 The L/A IN and L/A OUT (Link Activity) LEDs
The L/A IN LED and L/A OUT LEDs indicate the status of the CN4 and CN3 communication
ports respectively. The following table outlines what each LED state indicates.
Link/Activity LED
Off
Description
Not connected for communication.
Connected, and communication is enabled.
Flickering
On
Connected, but communication is disabled.
 RUN LED
Indicates the status of the XDL-L7N in the EtherCAT State Machine.
RUN LED
Off
Description
The XDL-L7N is in the INIT state.
The XDL-L7N is in the Pre-Operational state.
Blinking
The XDL-L7N is in the Safe-Operational state.
Single Flash
On
The XDL-L7N is in the Operational state.
5-3
5. EtherCAT Communication
 The ERR (Error) LED
The ERR LED indicates the EtherCAT communication status. The following table outlines
what each LED state indicates.
ERROR LED
Off
Description
EtherCAT communication is normal.
A booting error occurred.
Flickering
The object setup command received from the EtherCAT master cannot be
performed in the current state.
Blinking
The state has changed without a command from the EtherCAT master due to a
XDL-L7N drive sync error.
Single Flash
A watchdog error occurred during EtherCAT communication.
Double Flash
On
5.4
A serious problem occurred in the internal communication of the XDL-L7N drive.
Data Type
The following table outlines the content and range of the data types used in this manual.
5-4
Name
Description
Range
SINT
Signed 8-bit
-128 ~127
USINT
Unsigned 8-bit
0 ~ 255
INT
Signed 16-bit
-32768 ~ 32767
UINT
Unsigned 16-bit
0 ~ 65535
DINT
Signed 32-bit
-21247483648 ~ 21247483647
UDINT
Unsigned 32-bit
0 ~ 4294967295
STRING
The String Value
5. EtherCAT Communication
5.5
PDO Mapping
The EtherCAT uses the Process Data Object (PDO) to perform real-time data transfers.
There are two types of PDOs: RxPDO receives data transferred from the upper level
controller, and TxPDO sends the state from the drive to the upper level controller.
The XDL-L7N uses 0x1600 to 0x1603 for RxPDO mapping and 0x1A00 to 0x1A03 for
TxPDO mapping. You can map up to 10 objects on each PDO.
The following figure shows an example of PDO mapping.
Index
Sub
Name
Data Type
0x6040
-
Controlword
UINT
0x607A
-
Target Position
DINT
INDEX
(2byte)
DATA
SUB
INDEX TYPE
(1byte) (1byte)
1
0x6040
0x00
UINT
2
0x607A
0x00
DINT
10
0x□□□□
0x□□
RxPDO
(0x1600)
Index
Sub
Name
Data Type
0x6041
-
Statusword
UINT
0x6064
-
Position Actual Value
DINT
0x606C
-
Velocity Actual Value
DINT
INDEX
(2byte)
TxPDO
(0x1A00)
DATA
SUB
INDEX TYPE
(1byte) (1byte)
1
0x6041
0x00
UINT
2
0x6064
0x00
DINT
3
0x606C
0x00
DINT
10
0x□□□□
0x□□
5-5
5. EtherCAT Communication
The SyncManager can be composed of multiple PDOs. SyncManager PDO Assign Object
(RxPD:0x1C12, TxPDO:0x1C13) indicates the relationship between the SyncManager and
the PDO.
The following figure shows the SyncManager PDO mapping.
Object Dictionary
Sync Manager Entity
Sync Manager
Assign Object
Mapping Object
Index
Object Contents
0x1C10
0x1C11
0x1C12
0x1C13
0x1C12
RxPDO
0x1C13
TxPDO
Mailbox
Receive
Mailbox
Send
RxPDO
(0x1601)
TxPDO
(0x1A02)
0x1600
1st RxPDO
0x1601
2nd RxPDO
0x1602
3rd RxPDO
0x1603
4th RxPDO
0x1A00
1st TxPDO
0x1A01
2nd TxPDO
0x1A02
3rd TxPDO
0x1A03
4th TxPDO
 XDL-L7N PDO Mapping
The following tables list the default PDO mapping set in the XDL-L7N. These settings are
defined in the EtherCAT Slave Information file (XML file).
5-6
st

1 PDO Mapping

2
nd
PDO Mapping

3
rd
PDO Mapping

4
th
PDO Mapping
5. EtherCAT Communication
5.6
Synchronization Using the DC
(Distributed Clock)
The Distributed Clock (DC) synchronizes EtherCAT communication. The master and slave
share a reference clock (system time) for synchronization, and the slave synchronizes its
applications with the Sync0 event generated by the reference clock.
The following synchronization modes exist in the XDL-L7N. You can change the mode with
the sync control register.

Free-run mode
In free-run mode, the XDL-L7N operates each cycle independently from the communication cycle
and master cycle.

DC Synchronous Mode
In DC Synchronous mode, the Sync0, event from the EtherCAT master, synchronizes the drive.
5-7
5. EtherCAT Communication
Index 0x1C32
Sync Manager 2 (Process Data Output) Synchronization
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
Type
0
10
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
USINT
RO
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Synchronization modes
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
Type
1
0: Free-Run
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
–
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
–
Access
UINT
RO
Cycle time
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
Access
Type
Time between Sync0
2
UDINT
RO
events [ns]
Shift time
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
Access
Type
3
125000 [ns]
UDINT
RO
Synchronization modes supported
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
Type
Synchronization mode
Bit 0 = 1: Free-Run
supported Bit 4:2 = 001:
4
DC Sync0 supported Bit
UINT
RO
6:5 = 00:
No Output Shift supported
Minimum cycle time
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
5
Type
62500 [ns]
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
–
Access
UDINT
RO
Calc and copy time
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
6
5-8
Type
62500 [ns]
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
UDINT
RO
5. EtherCAT Communication
Delay time
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
9
Type
0 [ns]
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
UDINT
RO
Change
Unit
-
-
5-9
5. EtherCAT Communication
Index 0x1C33
Sync Manager 3 (Process Data Intput) Synchronization
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
Type
0
10
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
USINT
RO
No
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Synchronization modes
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
1
Type
same as 0x1C32:01
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
UINT
RO
No
Cycle time
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
2
Type
same as 0x1C32:02
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
UDINT
RO
No
Shift time
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
125000*n [ns]
(n = 1, 2, 3...) Range: 0 to
3
UDINT
RO
No
(Sync0 event cycle time –
125000)
Synchronization modes supported
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
Bit 0 = 1
: Free-Run supported Bit
4:2 = 001
4
: DC Sync0 supported
UINT
RO
No
Bit 6:5 = 01
: Input Shift with local timer
supported
Minimum cycle time
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
5
5-10
Type
same as 0x1C32:05
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
UDINT
RO
5. EtherCAT Communication
5.7
Emergency Messages
Emergency messages appear as a XDL-L7N alarm or a warning passed to the master via
mailbox communication. Emergency messages may not be sent in the event of
communication failure.
Emergency messages consist of 8-byte data.
Byte
Details
0
1
Emergency
error code
(0xFF00)
2
3
Error register
(0x1001)
Reserved
4
5
6
7
Unique field for each manufacturer
XDL-L7N alarm
code
Reserved
5-11
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
6.
CiA402 Drive Profile
6.1
The State Machine
Start
Power off or reset
0
State
Additional state
State
State changed by the
slave
State
State that can be
checked by the master
(A) : Low-level power
Control power is on. The main
power can be turned on.
Not ready to Switch on
1
15
Switch on Disabled
7
2
12
Fault
Ready to Switch on
10
14
3
6
Switched on
8
(B) : High-level power
Both control power and main power are
on. Torque cannot be applied to the
motor.
9
4
Fault reaction active
(C) : Torque
Torque can be applied to the motor.
5
13
16
Error occures
Operation enabled
Quick stop active
11
State
Not ready to switch on
Details
Reset is in progress by control power on.
Switch on disabled
Reset is complete. You can set servo parameters.
However, you cannot supply main power at this time.
Ready to switch on
Main power may be turned on. You can set servo parameters.
Drive function is disabled.
Switched on
Main power is on. You can set servo parameters.
Drive function is disabled.
Operation enabled
Unless in a fault state, the drive functions correctly and torque can be
applied to the motor. You can also set servo parameters.
Quick Stop active
A quick stop function has been performed.
You can set servo parameters.
Fault reaction active
Fault
In a Quick Stop or a fault state due to the servo.
You can set servo parameters.
A fault reaction has been processed. Drive function is deactivated.
You can set servo parameters.
6-1
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
 State Machine Control Commands
Controlword bits (0x6040)
Bit 7
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
State Machine
Movement
Shutdown
0
-
1
1
0
2, 6, 8
Switch on
0
0
1
1
1
3
Switch on
+ Enable operation
0
1
1
1
1
3+4
Disable voltage
0
-
-
0
-
7, 9, 10,12
Quick stop
0
-
0
1
-
7, 10,11
Disable operation
0
0
1
1
1
5
Enable operation
1
1
1
1
1
4, 16
Fault reset
0→1
-
-
-
-
15
Command
 Statusword Bit Names (0x6041)
Bit No.
Data Description
0
Ready to switch on
1
Switched on
2
Operation enabled
3
Fault
4
Voltage enabled
5
Quick stop
6
Switch on disabled
7
Warning
8
-
9
Remote
10
Target reached
11
Internal limit active
Note
For more information, refer to 7.6 CiA 402 Objects.
12
Operation mode specific
13
6-2
14
Torque limit active
15
-
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
 Related Objects
Index
Sub
Name
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Units
0x6040
-
Controlword
UNIT
RW
Yes
-
0x6041
-
Statusword
UINT
RO
Yes
-
0x605A
-
Quick Stop option code
(Quick Stop Option Code)
INT
RW
No
-
0x605B
-
Shutdown option code
(Shutdown Option Code)
INT
RW
No
-
0x605C
-
Disable Operation option code
(Disable Operation Option Code)
INT
RW
No
-
0x605D
-
Halt option code
(Halt Option Code)
INT
RW
No
-
0x605E
-
FAULT reaction option code
(Fault Reaction Option Code)
INT
RW
No
-
6-3
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
6.2
Operation Modes
The XDL-L7N supports the following operation modes (0x6060):

Profile Position Mode

Homing Mode

Interpolated Position Mode

Profile Velocity Mode

Profile Torque Mode

Cyclic Synchronous Position Mode

Cyclic Synchronous Velocity Mode

Cyclic Synchronous Torque Mode
 Related Objects
Index
Sub
Name
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Units
0x6060
-
Drive Mode
(Modes of Operation)
SNIT
RW
Yes
-
0x6061
-
Display the operation mode
(Modes of Operation Display)
SNIT
RO
Yes
-
0x6502
-
Supported drive modes
(Supported Drive Modes)
UDINT
RO
No
-
 Dynamic Conversion of Operation Modes
The 0x6060 object can change the operation mode. The master simultaneously selects an
operation mode and changes the related objects. When the master switches to a new
operation mode, the XDL-L7N instantly switches to that mode.
6-4
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
6.3
Position Control Modes
6.3.1 Profile Position Mode
Profile Position Mode drives to a target position using the profile speed (0x6081) and profile
acceleration (0x6083, 0x6084).
The Profile Position Mode Block Diagram
OP Mode : Profile Position
Target position (0x607A)
[Pos unit]
Position scale
numerator/denominator
(0x200E/0x200F)
[pulse]
Profile velocity (0x6081)
Max. profile velocity (0x607F)
[Vel unit]
Speed scale numerator/
denominator
(0x2010/0x2011)
[pulse/s]
Profile acceleration (0x6083)
Profile deceleration (0x6084)
Quick Stop deceleration (0x6085)
[Acc unit]
Acceleration/
deceleration scale
numerator/denominator
(0x2012/0x2013)
[pulse/s2]
Software position limit (0x607D)
Position
trajectory
generator
Position
demand
internal value
(0x60FC)
1
Controlword(0x6040)
Quick Stop option code (0x605A)
OP Mode
Position
controller
1
Torque
controller
Speed
controller
Torque actual value (0x6077)
Velocity actual value (0x606C)
Position actual value
(0x6064)
Following Error
and
Position reached
Enco
der
Speed scale
denominator/
numerator
(0x2011/0x2010)
Speed
calculation
Position scale
denominator/
numerator
(0x200F/0x200E)
2
Position actual internal value
(0x6063)
Following Error
Output of position
limit function
2
Position window
(0x6067)
Position
calculation
2
Position Reached
+ value
Position actual
(0x6064) -
Servo
motor
Position demand
internal value
Position scale
(0x60FC)
window
comparator
Position
window time
(0x6068)
Target Reached in
Status word
(0x6041.10)
`
1
denominator/
numerator
(0x200F/0x200E)
Position actual
value
(0x6064)
2
Following error window (0x6065)
Position
demand
value
(0x6062)
Following error actual
value (0x60F4)
+
window
comparator
Following Error
In Status
Following error word(0x6041.13)
time out
(0x6066)
6-5
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
 Related Objects
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Units
Controlword
UNIT
RW
Yes
-
-
Statusword
UINT
RO
Yes
-
-
Target position
DINT
RW
Yes
Pos
Units
-
Software position limit
-
-
-
-
0
Number of entries
USINT
RO
No
-
1
Minimum position limit
DINT
RW
No
Pos
Units
2
Maximum position limit
DINT
RW
No
Pos
Units
0x607F
-
Maximum profile velocity
UDINT
RW
No
Vel
Units
0x6081
-
Profile velocity
UDINT
RW
Yes
Vel
Units
0x6083
-
Profile acceleration
UDINT
RW
Yes
Acc
units
0x6084
-
Profile deceleration
UDINT
RW
Yes
Acc
units
0x6085
-
Quick Stop deceleration
UDINT
RW
Yes
Acc
units
Index
Sub
0x6040
-
0x6041
0x607A
Name
0x607D
You can use the following three position commands in Profile Position Mode:

Single set point
After reaching the target position, the drive sends a completion signal to the master and receives a
new command.

Change immediately
After receiving a new position command while driving to the target position, it drives to the new
position regardless of the existing target.

Set of Set point
After receiving a new position command while driving to the target position, it subsequently drives
to the new target after reaching the existing target. This mode retains the previous velocity.
The two methods mentioned above are controlled by the New setpoint bit (Controlword,
0x6040.4), the Change set immediately bit (Controlword, 0x6040.5), and the Change
setpoint bit (Controlword, 0x6040.9).
6-6
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
 The single setpoint procedure
Velocity
t
New
Set-point
t
Change
immediately
t
Change of
Set-point
t
1. Specify the target position (0x607A).
2. Set the New setpoint bit to 1 and the Change set immediately bit to 0 to request the position
operation.
3. The drive notifies the operator of its arrival at the target position with the Target reached bit
(Statusword, 0x6041.10). The drive can stay where it is or perform a new position operation if it
receives the New set point bit.
 The change immediately procedure
Velocity
t
New
Set-point
t
Change
immediately
t
Change of
Set-point
t
1. Specify the target position (0x607A).
2. Set the New setpoint bit to 1 and the Change set immediately bit to 1 to request the position
operation.
3. You can begin a new position operation (New setpoint) regardless of the previous target position.
4. The drive immediately moves to the new position.
5. The drive notifies the operator of its arrival at the target position with the Target reached bit
(Statusword, 0x6041.10).
6-7
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
 The set of set point procedure
Velocity
t
New
Set-point
t
Change
immediately
t
Change of
Set-point
t
1. Specify the target position (0x607A).
2. Set the New setpoint bit to 1 and the Change of Set point bit to 1 to request the position operation.
3. After reaching the previous target position, the drive begins to move to the new position (New
setpoint). The drive retains the previous velocity.
4. The drive notifies the operator of its arrival at the target position with the Target reached bit
(Statusword, 0x6041.10).
6-8
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
6.3.2 Interpolated Position Mode
Interpolated Position Mode controls multiple axes or a single axis. This mode necessitates
time interpolation of the Set point. It can adjust the time of any drive unit associated via the
time sync technology.
The interpolation cycle is defined by 0x60C2, and the interpolation data can be entered via
0x60C1.
 The Interpolated Position Mode diagram
OP Mode : Interpolated Position
Interpolation data record (0x60C1)
Input
buffer
Interpolation time period
(0x60C2)
[Pos unit]
Position scale
numerator/
denominator
(0x200E/0x200F)
[pulse]
Software position limit (0x607D)
Position
demand
Controlword(0x6040)
Quick Stop deceleration (0x6085)
(or profile deceleration (0x6084))
[Acc unit]
Acceleration/deceleration
scale numerator/
denominator
(0x2012/0x2013)
[pulse/s2]
Position internal value
(0x60FC)
trajectory
1
generator
Quick Stop option code (0x605A)
OP Mode
Position
controller
1
Torque
controller
Speed
controller
Torque actual value (0x6077)
Velocity actual value (0x606C)
Enco
der
Speed scale
denominator/
numerator
(0x2011/0x2010)
Position actual value
(0x6064)
Speed
calculation
Position scale
denominator/
numerator
(0x200F/0x200E)
2
Following Error
and
Position reached
Position actual internal value
(0x6063)
Following Error
Output of position
limit function
2
Position window
(0x6067)
Position
calculation
2
Position Reached
+
Position actual value
(0x6064)
-
Servo
motor
window
comparator
Position
window time
(0x6068)
Target Reached in
Status word
(0x6041.10)
`
Position
demand
internal valuePosition scale
(0x60FC)
denominator/
1
numerator
(0x200F/0x200E)
Position actual
value
(0x6064)
2
Following error window
(0x6065)
Position
demand value
(0x6062)
Following error actual value
(0x60F4)
+
window
comparator
Following Error
In Status
Following error word(0x6041.13)
time out
(0x6066)
6-9
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
 Related Objects
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Units
Controlword
UNIT
RW
Yes
-
-
Statusword
UINT
RO
Yes
-
1
Interpolation data record
DINT
RW
Yes
Pos
Units
-
Software position limit
-
-
-
-
0
Number of entries
USINT
RO
No
-
1
Minimum position limit
DINT
RW
No
Pos
Units
2
Maximum position limit
DINT
RW
No
Pos
Units
0x6084
-
Profile deceleration
UDINT
RW
Yes
Acc
units
0x6085
-
Quick Stop deceleration
UDINT
RW
Yes
Acc
units
-
Interpolation cycle
(Interpolation Time Period)
-
-
-
-
0
Number of entries
USINT
RO
No
-
1
Interpolation cycle
(Interpolation time period)
USINT
RW
No
-
2
Interpolation time index
SINT
RW
No
-
Index
Sub
0x6040
-
0x6041
0x60C1
Name
0x607D
0x60C2
6-10
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
6.3.3 Cyclic Synchronous Position Mode
Cyclic Synchronous Position Mode drives the XDL-L7N by receiving updated target positions
(0x607A) with each POD update cycle from the master. You can use this mode to drive the
XDL-L7N by adding a torque offset (0x60B2) and speed offset (0x60B1).
The Cyclic Synchronous Position Mode diagram
OP Mode : Cyclic Syncronous Position
Torque offset (0x60B2)
1
[Vel unit]
Velocity offset (0x60B1)
Target position (0x607A)
[Pos unit]
Software position limit (0x607D)
Quick Stop deceleration (0x6085)
(or profile deceleration (0x6084))
[Acc unit]
Speed scale numerator/
denominator
(0x2010/0x2011)
[pulse/s]
Position scale
numerator/denominator
(0x200E/0x200F)
[pulse]
Acceleration/
deceleration scale
numerator/denominator
(0x2012/0x2013)
2
[pulse/s ]
2
Position
trajectory
generator
Position
demand internal
value
(0x60FC)
3
Quick Stop option code (0x605A)/
Halt option code (0x605D)
Velocity offset
(0x60B1)
+
OP Mode
Position
controller
3
+
Torque offset (0x60B2)
2
+
Speed
controller
1
+
Torque
controller
Torque actual value (0x6077)
Velocity actual value (0x606C)
Position actual value
(0x6064)
Enco
der
Speed scale
denominator/
numerator
(0x2011/0x2010)
Speed
calculation
Position actual internal
value (0x6063)
Position scale
denominator/
numerator
(0x200F/0x200E)
4
Servo
motor
Position
calculation
4
Following Error
Following Error
Position demand
internal value
Position scale
(0x60FC)
denominator/
3
numerator
(0x200F/0x200E)
Position actual
value
(0x6064)
4
Following error window (0x6065)
Position
demand value
(0x6062)
Following error actual value
(0x60F4)
+
window
comparator
Following error
time out
(0x6066)
Following Error
In Status
word(0x6041.13)
6-11
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
 Related Objects
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Units
DINT
RW
Yes
Pos
Units
-
-
-
-
USINT
RO
No
-
Minimum position limit
DINT
RW
No
Pos
Units
2
Maximum position limit
DINT
RW
No
Pos
Units
0x6084
-
Profile deceleration
UDINT
RW
Yes
Acc
units
0x6085
-
Quick Stop deceleratio
UDINT
RW
Yes
Acc
units
0x60B1
-
Velocity offset
DINT
RW
Yes
Vel
units
0x60B2
-
Torque offset
INT
RW
Yes
0.1%
Index
Sub
Name
0x607A
-
Target position
-
Software position limit
0
Number of entries
1
0x607D
6-12
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
6.4
Homing
The following figure outlines the homing inputs and outputs. You can specify the speed,
acceleration and homing method. The Home offset allows you to input the origin of the use’'s
coordinate system in the Home, rather than its initial origin.
Controlword(0x6040)
Statusword(0x6041)
Homing Method (0x6098)
Homing
method
Homing speed (0x6099)
Homing acceleration (0x609A)
Position demand internal value (0x60FC)
or position demand value (0x6062)
Home offset (0x607C)
Digital Input
Home switch
Positive limit switch
Negative limit switch
 Related Objects
Index
Sub
Name
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Units
0x6040
-
Controlword
UNIT
RW
Yes
-
0x6041
-
Statusword
UINT
RO
Yes
-
0x607C
-
Home Offset
DINT
RW
No
Pos Units
0x6098
-
Homing Method
SINT
RW
Yes
-
-
Homing Velocity
-
-
-
-
0
Number of entries
USINT
RO
No
-
UDINT
RW
Yes
Vel Units
UDINT
RW
Yes
Vel Units
-
-
-
-
0x6099
1
2
-
Switch search speed
(Speed during search for switch)
Zero search speed
(Speed during search for zero)
Software position limit
(Software Position Limit)
0
Number of entries
USINT
RO
No
-
1
Minimum position limit (Min. position limit)
DINT
RW
No
Pos Units
2
Maximum position limit (Max. position limit)
DINT
RW
No
Pos Units
0x609A
-
Homing Acceleration
UDINT
RW
Yes
Acc Units
0x200D
-
Basic function setting (Function Select
Switch)
UINT
RW
No
-
0x200E
-
INT
RW
No
-
0x200F
-
INT
RW
No
-
0x607D
Position scale numerator
(Position Scale Numerator)
Position scale denominator
(Position Scale Denominator)
6-13
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
 Homing Method (0x6098)
Value
0
Details
No Homing
(1) If the NOT switch is OFF, then the initial direction of rotation is CW. The direction
is diverted if the NOT switch is ON. After the NOT switch is turned on, the position
that the first index pulse encounters while driving in the CCW direction becomes the
Home position.
(2) If the POT switch is OFF, then the initial direction of rotation is CCW. The direction
is diverted if the POT switch is ON. After the POT switch is turned on, the position
that the first index pulse encounters while driving in the CW direction becomes the
Home position.
1, 2
2
1
Index pulse
Positive limit switch
(POT)
Negative limit switch
(NOT)
7 to 10
The methods described for 7 to 10 determine the Home position using the Home
switch and the POT switch.
(7) Upper figure: If the POT switch is OFF, then the drive operates at switch search
speed and the initial direction of rotation is CCW. The direction is diverted if the
Home switch is ON. After the Home switch is turned on, the position that the first
index pulse encounters while driving in the CW direction becomes the Home position,
and it drives at zero search speed.
(7) Middle figure: If the POT switch is OFF and the Home switch is ON, then the drive
operates at switch search speed and the initial direction of rotation is CW. If the
Home switch is turned off at this time, it transfers to zero search speed. After the
Home switch is turned off, the position that the first index pulse encounters while
driving in the CW direction becomes the Home position.
(7) Lower figure: If the POT switch is OFF and the Home switch is ON, then the drive
operates at switch search speed and the initial direction of rotation is CCW. The
direction is diverted if the POT switch is ON. If the Home switch is turned from ON to
OFF at this time, it drives at zero search speed, and the position that the first index
pulse encounters while driving in the CW direction becomes the Home position.
The methods from 8 to 10 are identical to the methods for 7 in terms of how they
determine the Home position. The only differences are the initial driving direction and
Home switch polarity. Refer to the following figure.
10
8
9
8
9
8
9
7
7
10
7
Index pulse
Home switch
Positive limit switch
(POT)
6-14
10
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
Value
Details
11 to 14
The methods described for 11 to 14 determine the Home position using the Home
switch and the NOT switch.
(11) Upper figure: If the NOT switch is OFF, then the drive operates at switch search
speed and rotates CW. If the Home switch is turned on at this time, it changes the
direction of rotation, and the position that the first index pulse encounters while
driving CCW at zero search speed becomes the Home position.
(11) Middle figure: If the NOT switch is OFF and the Home switch is ON, then the
drive operates at switch search speed and rotates CCW. If the Home switch is turned
off at this time, it transfers to zero search speed. After the Home switch is turned off,
the position that the first index pulse encounters while driving in the CCW direction
becomes the Home position.
(11) Lower figure: If the NOT switch is OFF, then the drive operates at switch
search speed and rotates CW. If the NOT switch is turned on at this time, it changes
the direction and continues to drive CCW at switch search speed. If the Home switch
is then changed from ON to OFF, then it transfers to zero search speed, and the
position that the first index pulse encounters becomes the Home position.
The methods from 12 to 14 are identical to the methods for 11 in terms of how they
determine the Home position. The only differences are the initial driving direction and
Home switch polarity. Refer to the following figure.
14
13
12
11
11
14
13
12
13
12
11
Index pulse
14
Home switch
Negative limit switch
(NOT)
It determines the Home position in the same manner as method 8, but it does not use
an index pulse. The point where the Home switch is turned on or off becomes the
Home position.
24
24
24
24
Home switch
Positive limit switch
(POT)
6-15
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
Value
Details
It determines the Home position in the same manner as method 12, but it does not
use an index pulse. The point, where the Home switch is turned on or off, becomes
the Home position.
28
28
28
28
Home switch
Negative limit switch
(NOT)
The position that the first index pulse encounters while driving in a CCW/CW
direction becomes the Home position.
33, 34
33
34
Index pulse
35
The starting point of the homing operation becomes the Home position.
Note)
: Switch search speed (0x6099:01)
(0x6099:02)
:
6-16
: Zero search speed
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
6.5
Velocity Control Mode
6.5.1 Profile Velocity Mode
In Profile Velocity Mode, the XDL-L7N accelerates to the target velocity (0x60FF) at the
profile acceleration speed (0x6083) and decelerates at the profile deceleration speed
(0x6084). The max. profile velocity limits the maximum velocity (0x607F).
 The Profile Velocity Mode block diagram
OP Mode : Profile Velocity
Target velocity
[Vel unit]
(0x60FF)
Max. profile velocity (0x607F)
Speed scale numerator/
denominator
(0x2010/0x2011)
[pulse/s]
Acceleration/
deceleration scale
numerator/denominator
(0x2012/0x2013)
[pulse/s2]
Profile acceleration (0x6083)
[Acc unit]
Profile deceleration (0x6084)
Quick Stop deceleration (0x6085)
Velocity
trajectory
generator
Required velocity
value
(0x606B)
1
Quick Stop option code (0x605A)
OP Mode
Speed
controller
1
Torque
controller
Torque actual value (0x6077)
Velocity actual value (0x606C)
Velocity reached
Position actual value
(0x6064)
2
Servo
motor
Enco
der
Speed scale
denominator/
numerator
(0x2011/0x2010)
Position scale
denominator/
numerator
(0x200F/0x200E)
Speed
calculation
Position actual internal value
(0x6063)
Position
calculation
Velocity Reached
Output of velocity
limit function
+
Velocity actual value
(0x606C)
2
window
comparator
Velocity window
time
(0x606E)
Target Reached in
Status word
(0x6041.10)
Velocity window
(0x606D)
6-17
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
 Related Objects
6-18
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Units
DNIT
RW
Yes
Vel
Units
Maximum profile velocity
UDINT
RW
Yes
Vel
Units
-
Profile acceleration)
UDINT
RW
Yes
Acc
units
0x6084
-
Profile deceleration
UDINT
RW
Yes
Acc
units
0x6085
-
Quick
UDINT
RW
Yes
Acc
units
0x606B
-
Required velocity value
(Velocity Demand Value)
DINT
RO
Yes
Vel
Units
0x606C
-
Actual velocity value
(Velocity Actual Value)
DINT
RO
Yes
Vel
Units
0x606D
-
Velocity span
(Velocity Window)
UINT
RW
No
Vel
Units
0x606E
-
Time to reach the target velocity
(Velocity Window Time)
UINT
RW
No
ms
Index
Sub
Name
0x60FF
-
Target velocity
0x607F
-
0x6083
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
6.5.2 Cyclic Synchronous Velocity Mode
In Cyclic Synchronous Velocity Mode, the master orders the target velocity (0x60FF) for the
drive and performs velocity control. This mode allows you to add the torque offset (0x60B2)
to the master.
 The Cyclic Synchronous Velocity Mode block diagram
OP Mode : Cyclic Syncronous Velocity
Torque offset (0x60B2)
1
Velocity offset (0x60B1)
+
[Vel unit]
+
Target velocity (0x60FF)
Quick Stop deceleration (0x6085)
(or profile deceleration (0x6084))
Speed scale numerator/
denominator
(0x2010/0x2011)
[pulse/s]
Acceleration/
deceleration scale
numerator/denominator
(0x2012/0x2013)
[pulse/s2]
Velocity
trajectory
generator
Required
velocity value
(0x606B)
2
Quick Stop option code (0x605A)
Torque offset
(0x60B2)
+
OP Mode
Speed
controller
2
1
+
Torque
controller
Torque actual value (0x6077)
Velocity actual value (0x606C)
Velocity reached
Position actual value
(0x6064)
3
Servo
motor
Enco
der
Speed scale
denominator/
numerator
(0x2011/0x2010)
Position scale
denominator/
numerator
(0x200F/0x200E)
Speed
calculation
Position actual internal value
(0x6063)
Position
calculation
Velocity Reached
Output of velocity
limit function
+
Actual velocity value
(0x606C)
3
window
comparator
Velocity
window time
(0x606E)
Target Reached in
Status word
(0x6041.10)
Velocity window
(0x606D)
6-19
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
 Related Objects
6-20
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Units
Target velocity
DNIT
RW
Yes
Vel
Units
-
Velocity offset
DINT
RW
Yes
Vel units
0x60B2
-
Torque offset
INT
RW
Yes
0.1%
0x6084
-
Profile deceleration
UDINT
RW
Yes
Acc
units
0x6085
-
Quick Stop deceleration
UDINT
RW
Yes
Acc
units
0x606B
-
Required velocity value
DINT
RO
Yes
Vel
Units
0x606C
-
Actual velocity valu
DINT
RO
Yes
Vel
Units
0x606D
-
Velocity span
UINT
RW
No
Vel
Units
0x606E
-
Time to reach the target
velocity
UINT
RW
No
ms
Index
Sub
0x60FF
-
0x60B1
Name
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
6.6
Torque Control Modes
6.6.1 Profile Torque Mode
In Profile Torque Mode, the drive torque increases or decreases at the rate of the torque
gradient (0x6087) up to the target torque (0x6071). The forward/reverse torque limit value
(0x60E0, 0x60E1) limits the torque. The max. torque (0x6072) value indicates the maximum
torque that can be applied to the motor regardless of the forward/reverse direction.
 The Profile Torque Mode block diagram
OP Mode : Profile Torque
Target torque (0x6071)
Torque slope (0x6087)
Torque
trajectory
generator
Required
torque value
(0x6074)
1
Max. torque (0x6072)
Positive/negative torque limit value (0x60E0/
0x60E1)
OP Mode
Servo
motor
Torque
controller
1
Torque actual value (0x6077)
Velocity actual value (0x606C)
Position actual value
(0x6064)
Enco
der
Speed scale
denominator/
numerator
(0x2011/0x2010)
Position scale
denominator/
numerator
(0x200F/0x200E)
Speed
calculation
Position actual internal value
(0x6063)
Position
calculation
6-21
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
 Related Objects
6-22
Index
Sub
Name
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Units
0x6071
-
Target torque
INT
RW
Yes
0.1%
0x6087
-
Torque gradient
UDINT
RW
Yes
0.1%/s
0x6074
-
Required torque value
INT
RO
Yes
0.1%
0x6077
-
INT
RO
Yes
0.1%
0x6072
-
Max. torque
UINT
RW
Yes
0.1%
0x60E0
-
Forward torque limit value
(Positive Torque Limit Value)
UINT
RW
Yes
0.1%
0x60E1
-
Reverse torque limit value
(Negative Torque Limit Value)
UINT
RW
Yes
0.1%
Actual torque value
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
6.6.2 Cyclic Synchronous Torque Mode
In Cyclic Synchronous Torque Mode, the master orders the target torque (0x6071) for the
drive and performs torque control.
 The Cyclic Synchronous Torque Mode block diagram
OP Mode : Cyclic Syncronous Torque
Torque offset (0x60B2)
+
Target torque (0x6071)
+
[Vel unit]
Torque
trajectory
generator
Required
torque value
(0x6074)
1
Max. torque (0x6072)
Positive/negative torque limit value (0x60E0/
0x60E1)
OP Mode
Servo
motor
Torque
controller
1
Torque actual value (0x6077)
Velocity actual value (0x606C)
Position actual value
(0x6064)
Enco
der
Speed scale
denominator/
numerator
(0x2011/0x2010)
Position scale
denominator/
numerator
(0x200F/0x200E)
Speed
calculation
Position actual internal value
(0x6063)
Position
calculation
6-23
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
 Related Objects
6-24
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Units
Target torque
INT
RW
Yes
0.1%
-
Required torque value
INT
RO
Yes
0.1%
0x6077
-
Actual torque value
INT
RO
Yes
0.1%
0x60B2
-
Torque offset
INT
RW
Yes
0.1%
0x6072
-
Max. torque
UINT
RW
Yes
0.1%
0x60E0
-
Forward torque limit value
(Positive Torque Limit Value)
UINT
RW
Yes
0.1%
0x60E1
-
Reverse torque limit value
(Negative Torque Limit Value)
UINT
RW
Yes
0.1%
Index
Sub
0x6071
-
0x6074
Name
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
6.7
The Torque Limit Function
The minimum torque limit value (between the forward (0x60E0), reverse (0x60E1) and max.
torque (0x6072)) determines the torque limit.
 The Torque Limit Function block diagram
`
`
Torque limits
Torque
offset
0x60E0h
Forward torque limit
value
0x60E1h
Reverse torque limit
value
0x6072h
Max. torque
+
Position demand value
Position
control
Velocity
control
+
Torque
control
Moter
 Related Objects
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Units
Max. torque
(Max. Torque)
UINT
RW
Yes
0.1%
-
Forward torque limit value
(Positive Torque Limit Value)
UINT
RW
Yes
0.1%
-
Reverse torque limit value
(Negative Torque Limit Value)
UINT
RW
Yes
0.1%
Index
Sub
0x6072
-
0x60E0
0x60E1
Name
6-25
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
6.8
Digital Input/Output
Digital input/output controls the input/output signal of the CN1 connector on the XDL-L7N.
For more information, refer to 7.6 0x60FD (Digital Input) and 0x60FE (Digital Output) of the
CiA402 Objects.
 Related Objects
Index
Sub
Data Type
Access
PDO Mapping
Units
0x60FD
-
Digital input
(Digital Inputs)
UDINT
RO
Yes
-
-
Digital output
(Digital Outputs)
-
-
-
-
0
Number of entries
(Number of entries)
USINT
RO
No
-
1
Physical output
(Physical outputs)
UDINT
RW
Yes
-
2
Bit mask
(Bit mask)
UDINT
RW
No
-
0x60FE
6-26
Name
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
6.9
Touch Probe Function
Touch Probe Function (0x60B8)
Touch
probe상태(0x60B9)
state (0x60B9)
터치
프로브
터치 프로브 기능(0x60B8)
Position value of the rising edge of
터치
위치값(0x60BA)
touch프로브
probe1 1상승에지
(0x60BB)
Touch
Probe
Function
Digital input
디지털probe
입력 1
Touch
터치 프로브 1
Touch probe
터치 2프로브 2
Position value of the falling edge of
터치
위치값(0x60BB)
touch프로브
probe1 1하강에지
(0x60BB)
Position value of the rising edge of
터치
위치값(0x60BC)
touch프로브
probe22상승에지
(0x60BB)
Position value of the falling edge of
터치
위치값(0x60BD)
touch프로브
probe22하강에지
(0x60BB)
Position feedback is latched to the following trigger events:

Touch probe 1 (CN1, PROBE1 (pin 9))

Touch probe 2 (CN1, PROBE2 (pin 10))

The encoder index pulse
You can use the following two touch probe functions simultaneously:
 Touch probe 1 latch function (For more information, see
Section 6.5)

Bits related to latch control: 0x60B8.0~7

Bits related to latch status: 0x60B9.0~7

Position value of the rising edge of touch probe 1: 0x60BA

Position value of the falling edge of touch probe 1:

Trigger signal: Encoder Z signal/probe 1 signal
0x60BB
 Touch probe 2 latch function (For more information, see
Section 6.5)

Bits related to latch control: 0x60B8.8~15

Bits related to latch status: 0x60B9.8~15

Position value of the rising edge of touch probe 2: 0x60BC

Position value of the falling edge of touch probe 2:

Trigger signal: Probe 2 signal
0x60BD
6-27
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
 Related Objects
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Units
-
Touch probe function
UINT
RW
Yes
-
-
Touch probe status
UINT
RO
Yes
-
-
Position value of the rising edge of
touch probe 1
(Touch Probe 1 Positive Edge
Position Value)
DINT
RO
Yes
Pos
units
-
Position value of the falling edge of
touch probe 1
(Touch Probe 1 Negative Edge
Position Value)
DINT
RO
Yes
Pos
units
-
Position value of the rising edge of
touch probe 2
(Touch Probe 1 Positive Edge
Position Value)
DINT
RO
Yes
Pos
units
-
Position value of the falling edge of
touch probe 2
(Touch Probe 1 Negative Edge
Position Value)
DINT
RO
Yes
Pos
units
Sub
0x60B8
0x60B9
0x60BA
0x60BB
0x60BC
0x60BD
6-28
Name
Index
6. CiA402 Drive Profile
 Touch Probe Timing Diagrams

Single Trigger Mode (0x60B8.1=0, 0x60B8.9=0)
0x60B8.0
(0x60B8.8)
0x60B8.4
(0x60B8.12)
Latch start
Latch start
0x60B9.0
(0x60B9.8)
0x60B9.1
(0x60B9.9)
0x60BA
(0x60BC)
Latched position 3
Latched position 1
1
Probe input

2
3
Continuous Trigger Mode ((0x60B8.1=0, 0x60B8.9=0)
0x60B8.0
(0x60B8.8)
0x60B8.4
(0x60B8.12)
Latch start
0x60B9.0
(0x60B9.8)
0x60B9.1
(0x60B9.9)
0x60BA
(0x60BC)
Latched position 2
Latched position 1
Latched position 3
0x60B9.7
(0x60B9.15)
Probe input
1
2
3
6-29
6. CiA402 Drive Profile

Z-Phase signal Trigger mode (60B8h bit2 = 1, or bit10 = 1)
0x60B8.0
(0x60B8.8)
0x60B9.0
(0x60B9.8)
Probe Input
Index Pulse
(Z-Phase Pulse)
0x60B8.1 or 2
(0x60B8.9 or 10)
60BA
(60BC)
6-30
Latched Position
7. L7 Drive Setup
7.
L7 Drive Setup
7.1
Setting System Parameters
1. The motor ID setting [0x2000]
Serial encoder: Reads the motor ID from the encoder and configures it.
2. Encoder settings
When connecting Motor with single-turn encoder, it is automatically set motorID(0x2000), encoder
pulse(0x2002)value. In case of Multiturn serial encoder, Set the encorder type.


Encoder type [0x2001]
Number
Encoder Type
Number
Encoder Type
1
Singleturn serial encoder
1
Multiturn serial encoder
Encoder pulse [0x2002]
n(bit)
Indicates the pulses per revolution in a bit for the encoder type (2
).
3. Main power input mode [0x2003]
Specifies the main power input mode and the processing mode if phase loss occurs. You can
specify the handling methods for three-phase and single-phase power inputs and the power phase
loss (Refer to section 7.5).
4. The main power phase loss monitoring interval [0x2004]
Specifies the monitoring interval for main power phase losses.
5. The 7SEG display object setting [0x2005]

Specifies the objects applied when the servo turns on.

The setting values range from [0x2600] to [0x2616]. Choose a number from 2600-2616 and use
that number to set the corresponding parameter. . You can display the number and value of the
variable every time you press the panel operator switch. For 32-bit variables, press and hold the
switch to indicate the upper/middle/lower locations in 4 figures.
6. The regenerative overload derating factor [0x2006]
This specifies the derating factor which checks for regenerative resistance overloads. If the derating
value is 100% or less, then the overload alarm trigger time is proportional to the set value.
7. The regenerative resistance value [0x2007]
This specifies the resistance value for regenerative braking resistance. If it is set to 0, then it uses
the default resistance capacity embedded in the drive.
7-1
7. L7 Drive Setup
8. The regenerative resistance capacity [0x2008]
This specifies the current capacity for regenerative resistance. If it is set to 0, then it uses the
default resistance capacity embedded in the drive.
9. The overload check default load factor [0x2009]
This indicates the load factor which triggers a continuous overload check. If it is set to 100 or less,
then the overload check starts early and the overload alarm triggers early.
10. The overload warning level [0x200A]
This specifies the level for the continuous overload warning signal output. The warning signal is
issued when it reaches the setting of the percentage value relative to the alarm trigger value.
7-2
7. L7 Drive Setup
Time
Overload
Warn Level
Time
Alarm Check Level
Overload
11. The PWM Off delay time [0x200B]
This specifies the time span between the servo Off command and actual PWM Off. This prevents
the motor from slipping down the vertical axis while the servo Off command and brake command
order the motor brake to engage. Use a PWM off delay when operating a motor brake through the
output contact point brake signal. (range: 0-1000 ms, initial value: 10).
12. The DB control mode [0x200C]: Specifies the DB control mode. You can use the following four
modes: (Refer to section 7.5)
Mode
Operation type
Servo ON, Off
Hold after a DB stop
DB
Velocity
7-3
7. L7 Drive Setup
Mode
Operation type
Servo ON, Off
Release after a DB
stop
DB
Velocity
Servo ON, Off
Release after a free
run stop
DB
Velocity
Servo ON, Off
Hold after a free run
stop
DB
Velocity
13. The basic servo function setting bit [0x200D]: Specifies the drive function. You can set it to move
forward, in reverse or to operate the servo lock function. (refer to section 8.5).
7-4
7. L7 Drive Setup
7.2
Configuring Control Parameters
The control parameter setting sequence is as follows:

Load the inertia ratio [0x2100] setting.

Adjust the proportional gain with [0x2101] and [0x2102].
Increase the gain so that the servo motor does not overshoot or lose control (do not use during
speed operations or torque operations).

Adjust the speed proportional gain with [0x2106] and [0x2107].
Increase the gain so that the servo motor does not vibrate.

Adjust the speed integral time constant with [0x2108] and [0x2109].
Refer to the following table and set it according to the speed proportional gain.
7.2.1 The Inertia Ratio Setting [0x2100]
This sets the inertia ratio by calculating the load inertia from the machine system and rotor
inertia listed on the motor specification table.
Inertia ratio = load inertia / motor rotor inertia x 100
The inertia/load ratio is an important control parameter for the operation of the servo.
crucial to set the correct inertia ratio for optimal servo operation.
It is
The following table outlines the recommended control gain for different inertia ratios:
Inertia ratio
Motor
Flange
40
~ 80
Gain Range
Categor
y
Inertia
(Multiple)
Position
Proportional
Gain
Speed
Proportional
Gain
Speed Integral
Gain
Low
inertia
1~5
40 ~ 90
400 ~ 1000
10 ~ 40
Medium
inertia
5 ~ 20
20 ~ 70
200 ~ 500
20 ~ 60
High
inertia
20 ~ 50
10 ~ 40
100 ~ 300
50 ~ 100
* You can tune the inertia ratio during a test drive if it is too hard to calculate the inertia ratio
before operation.
7-5
7. L7 Drive Setup
7.2.2 The Position Control Gain
Differentiation
Position
command
Following
error
+
-
FF filter time
constant
[0x2105]
Proportional
gain
[0x2101]
Feed-forward
gain
[0x2104]
+
+
Speed
command
Current
position

Position command: Counts the position command pulses entering from outside and converts them
into position commands. It uses them as internal position commands after initial filtering.

Current position: Counts the pulse signals received from the encoder and uses the electronic gear
ratio settings to convert them to the current position.

Position proportional gain [0x2101] and [0x2102]: Converts the difference between the position
command and the current position into a speed command by multiplying it by the position
proportional gain.

7-6
Recommended value = speed proportional gain [0x2106] / 10

Feed-forward gain [0x2104]: Uses the differences in value to the position command to calculate
the gradient. Adds the speed command to the gradient to reduce the time needed to reach the
target position. If the value which results is too large, then the position controller may overshoot or
become unstable. It is important to gradually increase the value from a small value while monitoring
the test drive.

Feed-forward filter [0x2105]: The feed-forward control filter vibrates if the position command
changes too drastically. If this occurs, configure the filter value until the vibrations disappear.
7. L7 Drive Setup
7.2.3 The Speed Control Gain
Speed integral
time constant
[0x2108]
Speed
command
Speed command
filter time constant
[0x210A]
+
Speed error
Speed
proportional gain
[0x2106]
Current speed
Speed feedback
filter time constant
[0x210B]
-
+
+
Torque
command
Encoder signal
Speed calculation
Current
torque

Speed command: Operates the speed command through the speed command filter [0x210A].

Current speed: Calculates the speed by counting the number of encoder signals as time
progresses. Filters the speed to calculate the current speed. The algorithm uses the current
torque and inertia to project the speed and compensate for errors which occur when calculating the
speed at very low speeds. Therefore, an accurate motor constant and inertia ratio are closely
related to the stability of the motor speed control.

Speed integral time constant [0x2108]: Calculates the integral value of the speed error. The
speed error is the difference between the command speed and the current speed. The speed
integral time constant converts the speed error into a torque command by multiplying it by the
integral time constant.
A decreased integral time constant solves transient response issues and improves speed tracking.
If the integral time constant is too small, however, an overshoot occurs. On the other hand, if the
integral time constant is too large, an excessive response drop occurs and proportional control
takes over.

Recommended value = 10000/speed proportional gain [0x2106]
Speed
Low
High
Command speed
Tracking speed
Time

Speed proportional gain [0x2106]: Converts the speed error into a torque command by
multiplying it by the proportional gain.
If the resulting value is large, then the speed response accelerates and speed tracking increases.
However, vibrations occur if the value is too large. If the value is too small, then speed response
slows down and speed tracking decreases. This may cause the servo to lose power.
7-7
7. L7 Drive Setup
Speed
Command speed
High
Low
Time

Speed feedback filter time constant [0x210B]: Filters the speed feedback to control vibrations
when the speed of the motor changes due to drive system vibrations or vibrations due to gain and
too much load inertia. If the value is too high, it reduces speed responsiveness and control power
may be compromised.

Recommended value = 0 to speed integral time constant [0x2108]/10
7.2.4 The Torque Command Filter Time Constant
Time [0x210C]
Use a digital filter for the analog torque command voltage to improve the stability of
command signals. If the filter value is set too high, responsiveness to torque commands will
be reduced. It is important to set an appropriate value for your system.
7.2.5 Gain 1 ↔ Gain 2 Transfer Mode [0x210D]
Set the gain transfer mode. You can set the transfer method with the zero speed conditions,
position reached status, contact input status, etc. (refer to section 8.5).
7.2.6 Gain 1 ↔ Gain 2 Transfer Time [0x210E]
Configure the gain transfer time during operation.
When converting gain 1 to gain 2 or gain 2 to gain 1, the conversion occurs according to the
set time.
7.2.7 P/PI Transfer Mode [0x210D]
Configure the P and PI transfer modes. You can configure the set conditions, set speed, set
acceleration, set position error, etc. for the transfer method (refer to section 7.5 ).
7-8
7. L7 Drive Setup
7.2.8 Resonance Avoidance Operations [0x210F],
[0x2110], [0x2111]
Torque output
Resonance avoidance frequency [0x2110]
Torque output frequency
Resonance avoidance range
BW [0x2111]
Mechanical resonance causes vibrations to occur at certain frequencies in certain systems.
You can control the vibrations by controlling the torque output for specific frequencies.

The resonance avoidance operation [0x210F] (refer to section 8.5).
7-9
7. L7 Drive Setup
7.3
Setting the Input/Output Contact Point
Parameters

There are 6 points for digital inputs (totaling 8 functions): + PROBE1, PROBE2
: PCON, GAIN2, ALMRST, HOME, P-OT, N-OT

There are 4 points for digital outputs (totaling 7 functions):
: ALARM, READY, ZSPD, BRAKE, INPOS, INSPD, WARN

You can assign input/output signals by parameter and set the input/output contact logic (A/B
contacts).
: Input signal definition (0x2200, 0x2201)
: Output signal definition (0x2202, 0x2203)
: Input signal logic setting (0x2204)
: Output signal setting (0x2205)

For PROBE1 (CN1-9)/PROBE2 (CN1-10), the pins are assigned separately and interrupted for the
inputs.

Basic settings for input signal definitions
Object
CN1 Pin Default Allocation Number
Index
Bit
Input
Signal
0x2200
0 to 3
PCON
6
5
4
3
2
1
0x2200
4 to 7
GAIN2
6
5
4
3
2
1
0x2200
8 to11
A-RST
6
5
4
3
2
1
0x2200
12 to 15
HOME
6
5
4
3
2
1
0x2201
0 to 3
P-OT
6
5
4
3
2
1
0x2201
4 to 7
N-OT
6
5
4
3
2
1
DI#6(7)
DI#5(8)
DI#4(14)
DI#3(12)
DI#2(14)
DI#1(13)
Default
Setting
Value
0x4000
0x0065
7-10
7. L7 Drive Setup

Logic definitions for input signals (0x2204)–- logic settings for DI#1 to DI#6 by bit.
Bit
function
0
DI#1 input logic setting
1
DI#2 input logic setting
2
DI#3 input logic setting
3
DI#4 input logic setting
4
DI#5 input logic setting
5
DI#6 input logic setting
Value
(Hex)
Setting details
0
Contact B
Note 1)
1
Contact A
0
Contact B
Note 1)
1
Contact A
0
Contact B
Note 1)
1
Contact A
0
Contact B
Note 1)
1
Contact A
0
Contact B
Note 1)
1
Contact A
0
Contact B
Note 1)
1
Contact A
Note 1) The default setting value.

Basic settings for the output signal definitions
Object
CN1 Pin Default Allocation Number
Index
Bit
output
signal
0x2202
0 to 3
0x2202
DO#4
(1,2)
DO#3
(19,20)
DO#2
(17,18)
DO#1
(3,4)
ALARM
4
3
2
1
4 to 7
READY
4
3
2
1
0x2202
8 to11
ZSPD
4
3
2
1
0x2202
12 to 15
BRAKE
4
3
2
1
0x2203
0 to 3
INPOS
4
3
2
1
0x2203
4 to 7
INSPD
4
3
2
1
0x2203
8 to11
WARN
4
3
2
1
0x2203
12 to 15
RESERVED
4
3
2
1
Default
Setting
Value
0x4321
0x0000

Logic definitions for output signals (0x2205)–- output logic settings for D0#1 to DO#4 by bit
Bit
function
0
DO#1 input logic setting
1
DO#2 input logic setting
2
DO#3 input logic setting
3
DO#4 input logic setting
Value
(Hex)
0
Setting details
Note 1)
Contact B
1
Contact A.
0
Contact B
1
0
Note 1)
Contact A
Contact B
Note 1)
1
Contact A
0
Contact B
1
Note 1)
Contact A
Note 1) The default setting value.
7-11
7. L7 Drive Setup
7.4
Setting Speed Operation Parameters
7.4.1 Acceleration/Deceleration Time

Acceleration time [0x2301]: Specifies the time required, in ms, for the motor to reach the rated
motor speed from zero speed.

Deceleration time [0x2302]: Specifies the time, in ms, required for the motor to stop after running at
the rated motor speed.
7.4.2 The S-Curve Operation [0x2304]
You can configure the acceleration/deceleration operation in an S-curve pattern for smooth
acceleration/deceleration.

0: Trapezoidal -> Configure the acceleration/deceleration time in [0x2301] and [0x2302].

1: Sinusoidal -> Configure the acceleration/deceleration time in [0x2301] and [0x2302] + S-curve
time in [0x2303].
7.4.3 The Manual JOG Operation Speed [0x2305]
Drive the forward/reverse rotation at the JOG operation speed. This ignores the CN1 contact
point input status.
7.5
Setting Position Operation Parameters
7.5.1 Backlash Compensation [0x2403]
If the position operation causes backlashes which change the position, then this setting
converts backlash amount into a number of pulses to compensate for the backlash.
7-12
7. L7 Drive Setup
7.6
Setting Parameters for XDL-L7N Built-in
Functions
Configure the default parameters that the XDL-L7N provides.
7.6.1 Checking/Deleting the Alarm History [0x2700]
You can check and delete the alarm history.

Delete the Alarm History [0x2700:1]

This allows you to delete the alarm history.

Check the Alarm History [0x2700:2 to 21]

This allows you to check the last 20 alarm history items in sequence (the most recent appear first).
7.6.2 Auto Gain Tuning [0x2701]

Start Auto Gain Tuning [0x2701:1]

Starts auto gain tuning.

Auto Gain Tuning Speed [0x2701:2]

Specifies the auto gain tuning speed in 100 RPM increments.

Auto Gain Tuning Distance [0x2701:3]

Specifies the auto gain tuning distance.
7.6.3 Absolute Encoder Reset [0x2702]

Reset encoder [0x2702:1]

Type“"rse”" (72 73 65 74) to save the offset in the EEPROM inside the drive. The absolute encoder
resets after a few milliseconds.

When the absolute encoder reset is complete, the multi-turn data (0x260F) and single-turn data
(0x260D) resets to 0.

Check whether the actual position value (0x6064) becomes 0 to confirm the reset.

After resupplying power to the machine, read the absolute encoder position and apply the home
offset (0x607C) to display the actual position value (0x6064). At this time, the actual position value
(0x6064) does not change even if you change the home offset (0x607C) while driving.
7-13
8. Object Dictionary
8.
Object Dictionary
8.1
The Object Dictionary List
The following table shows the Object Dictionary List.
Object Dictionaries
General Objects
Object
Name
0x1000
Device Type
0x1001
Error Register
0x1008
Manufacturer Device Name
0x1009
Hardware Version
0x100A
Software Version
0x1010
Store Parameters
0x1011
Restore Default Parameters
0x1018
Identity Object
0x1600
Receive PDO Mapping
~ 0x1603
PDO Mapping Objects
0x1A00
Transmit PDO Mapping
~ 0x1A03
0x1C00
Sync Manager Communication Type
0x1C10
Sync Manager
Sync Manager PDO Assignment
~ 0x1C13
Communication Objects
0x1C32
Sync Manager Synchronization
~ 0x1C33
0x2000
XDL-L7N Parameters
~0x26FF
0x2000
Control Setting Parameter
~ 0x2013
0x200E
Position User Unit
Manufacturer
0x200F
Specific Objects
0x2010
Velocity User Unit
0x2011
0x2012
Acceleration User Unit
0x2013
0x2700
Driving Operation Parameter
0x2701
8-1
8. Object Dictionary
Device Control
Profile Position Mode
0x603F
Error Code
0x6040
Controlword
0x6041
Statusword
0x605A
Quick Stop Option Code
0x605B
Shutdown Option Code
0x605C
Disable Operation Option Code
0x605D
Halt Option Code
0x605E
Fault Reaction Option Code
0x6060
Modes of Operation
0x6061
Modes of Operation Display
0x6502
Supported Drive Modes
0x607A
Target Position
0x607D
Software Position Limit
0x607F
Max. Profile Velocity
0x6081
Profile Velocity
0x6083
Profile Acceleration
0x6084
Profile Deceleration
0x6085
Quick Stop Deceleration
0x607C
Home Offset
0x6098
Homing Method
0x6099
Homing Speeds
0x609A
Homing Acceleration
0x6062
Position Demand Value
0x6063
Position Actual Internal Value
0x6064
Position Actual Value
0x60FC
Position Demand Internal Value
0x6065
Following Error Window
0x6066
Following Error Time Out
0x60F4
Following Error Actual Value
0x6067
Position Window
0x6068
Position Window Time
Homing Mode
Position Control Function
8-2
8. Object Dictionary
0x60C1
Interpolation Data Record
0x60C2
Interpolation Time Period
Cyclic Synchronous
0x60B1
Velocity Offset
Position Mode
0x60B2
Torque Offset
0x606B
Velocity Demand Value
0x606C
Velocity Actual Value
0x606D
Velocity Window
0x606E
Velocity Window Time
0x60FF
Target Velocity
0x6071
Target Torque
0x6074
Torque Demand Value
0x6087
Torque Slope
0x6076
Motor Rated Torque
0x6077
Torque Actual Value
0x6072
Max. Torque
0x60E0
Positive Torque Limit Value
0x60E1
Negative Torque Limit Value
0x60B8
Touch Probe Function
0x60B9
Touch Probe Status
0x60BA
Touch Probe 1 Position Value
0x60BC
Touch Probe 2 Position Value
0x60FD
Digital Inputs
0x60FE
Digital Outputs
Interpolated Position Mode
Profile Velocity/Cyclic
Synchronous Velocity Mode
Profile Torque/Cyclic
Synchronous Velocity Mode
Torque Limit Function
Touch Probe Function
Digital Inputs/Outputs
8-3
8. Object Dictionary
8.2
General Objects
0x1000, Device Type
The following table lists device types and their functions.
Index 0x1000

Device Type
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0x00020192-
UDINT
RO
No
-
-
-
Details
16 15
MSB
LSB
Device profile number
Additional information

Additional information: 0x0002 (Servo drive)

Device profile number: 0x0192 (DS402)
0x1001, Error Register
The following table shows the error register values for each device. This value is stored in
the emergency message.
Index 0x1001
Sub
Index
0

Error Register
Initial value
0x0
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
USINT
RO
No
-
-
-
Details
Bit
function
0
General error
1 to 7
Reserved
Value
(Hex)
Setting details
0
No error
1
Error
-
0 : Always
0x1008, Manufacturer Device Name
The following table shows the device model name.
Index 0x1008
Sub
Index
0
8-4
Initial value
0x0
Manufacturer Device Name
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
STRING
RO
No
-
-
-
8. Object Dictionary
0x1009, Hardware Version
The following table shows the hardware version of the device.
Index 0x1009
Sub
Index
Initial value
0
Hardware Version
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
STRING
RO
No
-
-
-
0x100A, Software Version
The following table shows the software version included with the device.
Index 0x100A
Sub
Index
0
Initial value
Software Version
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
STRING
RO
No
-
-
-
8-5
8. Object Dictionary
0x1010, Store Parameters
The following table shows the parameter settings that you can store in the memory.
Index 0x1010
Store Parameters
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
0
Type
0x04
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
4
Access
UDINT
RW
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Store all parameters
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0x00000000
to
1
0x0
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFF
F
Store communication parameters
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0x00000000
to
2
0x0
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFF
F
Store CiA402 parameters
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0x00000000
to
3
0x0
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFF
F
Store L7 specific parameters
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0x00000000
to
4
0x0
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFF
F

8-6
The XDL-L7N reads object entries to store parameters.
8. Object Dictionary

In order to prevent parameters from being incorrectly stored, the Sub-Index records a
specific“"sav”" when storing a parameter.

All parameters are stored when“"sav”" is written to Sub-Index 1.

Communications are stored when“"sav”" is written to Sub-Index 2.

CiA402 parameters are stored when“"sav”" is written to Sub-Index 3.

XDL-L7N parameters are stored when“"sav”" is written to Sub-Index 4.
※ When using this function, delay time will occur by EEPROM save
0x1011, Restore Default Parameters
The following table shows the parameters you can reset.
8-7
8. Object Dictionary
Index 0x1010
Store Parameters
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
0
Type
0x04
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
4
Access
UDINT
RW
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Restore default parameters
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0x00000000
to
1
0x0
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFF
F
Restore communication default parameters
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0x00000000
to
2
0x0
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFF
F
Restore CiA402 parameters
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0x00000000
to
3
0x0
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFF
F
Restore L7 Specific parameters
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0x00000000
to
4
0x0
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFF
F
8-8

The XDL-L7N reads object entries to reset parameters.

In order to prevent parameters from being incorrectly reset, the Sub-Index records“"loa”" when the
parameter is reset.
8. Object Dictionary

All parameters are reset when“"loa”" is written to Sub-Index 1.

Communication parameters are reset when“"loa”" is written to Sub-Index 2.

CiA402 parameters are reset when“"loa”" is written to Sub-Index 3.

XDL-L7N parameters are reset when“"loa”" is written to Sub-Index 4.

Turn the power off and then back on to restore the default values.
※ When using this function, delay time will occur to reconnect communication to upper controller by
EEPROM call and power on/off
8-9
8. Object Dictionary
0x1018, Identity Object
The following table shows device information.
Index 0x1018
Identity Object
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
0
Type
4
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
USINT
RO
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Vendor ID
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
1
Access
Type
0x00007595
UDINT
RO
Product code
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
2
Access
Type
0x0
UDINT
RO
Revision number
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
3
Type
0x03
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
UDINT
RO
Serial number
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
4
8-10
Access
Type
0x0
UDINT
RO
8. Object Dictionary
8.3
PDO Mapping Objects
You can map objects to Process Data Objects (PDO) when performing real-time data
transfers through the CANopen over the EtherCAT protocol.
These objects configure the incoming PDO mapping and outgoing PDO mapping.
Information about the mapped application object appears.
8 7
16 15
MSB
Sub-Index
Object index
LSB
Length

Bits 0-7: Bit lengths of mapped objects (ex.: 32-bit is displayed as 0x20)

Bits 8-15: Sub-Indexes of mapped objects

Bits 16-31: Indexes of mapped objects
0x1600 to 0x1603, Receive PDO Mapping

1s
t Receive PDO Mapping
Index 0x1600
1st Receive PDO Mapping
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
0
Type
5
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
0 to 8
Access
USINT
RW
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Mapping entry 1
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0 to
1
0x60400010
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF
Mapping entry 2
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0 to
2
0x60710010
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF
Mapping entry 3
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0 to
3
0x607A0020
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF
8-11
8. Object Dictionary
Mapping entry 4
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
0 to
4
0x60600008
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF
Mapping entry 5
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0 to
5
0x60B80010
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF

2n
d Receive PDO Mapping
Index 0x1601
2nd Receive PDO Mapping
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
0
Type
2
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
0 to 8
Access
USINT
RW
Mapping entry 1
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0 to
1
0x60400010
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF
Mapping entry 2
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0 to
2
0x607A0020
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF
8-12
8. Object Dictionary

3r
d Receive PDO Mapping
Index 0x1602
3rd Receive PDO Mapping
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
0
PDO
Access
Type
2
USINT
Setting Range
Change
Unit
0 to 8
-
-
Setting Range
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Mapping
RW
No
Mapping entry 1
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Access
Type
Mapping
0 to
1
0x60400010
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF
Mapping entry 2
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Access
Type
Setting Range
Mapping
0 to
2
0x60FF0020
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF

4t
h Receive PDO Mapping
Index 0x1603
4th Receive PDO Mapping
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
0
Type
2
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
0 to 8
Access
USINT
RW
Mapping entry 1
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
Setting
Access
Initial value
Type
Range
0 to
1
0x60400010
UDINT
RW
0x60400010
0xFFFFFFFF
Mapping entry 2
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0 to
2
0x60710010
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF
8-13
8. Object Dictionary
0x1A00 to 0x1A03, Transmit PDO Mapping

1s
t Transmit PDO Mapping
Index 0x1A00
1st Transmit PDO Mapping
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
0
Type
10
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
0 to 10
Access
USINT
RW
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Mapping entry 1
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0 to
1
0x60410010
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF
Mapping entry 2
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0 to
2
0x60770010
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF
Mapping entry 3
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0 to
3
0x60640020
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF
Mapping entry 4
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0 to
4
0x60F40020
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF
Mapping entry 5
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0 to
5
0x60FD0020
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF
8-14
8. Object Dictionary
Mapping entry 6
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
0 to
6
0x60610008
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF
Mapping entry 7
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0 to
7
0x26010010
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF
Mapping entry 8
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0 to
8
0x26000010
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFF
Mapping entry 9
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0 to
9
0x60B90010
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFF
Mapping entry 10
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
Change
Unit
0 to
10
0x60BA0020
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFF
8-15
8. Object Dictionary

2n
d Transmit PDO Mapping
Index 0x1A01
2nd Transmit PDO Mapping
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
0
Type
2
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
0 to 10
Access
USINT
RW
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Mapping entry 1
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0 to
1
0x60410010
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF
Mapping entry 2
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0 to
2
0x60640020
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF

3r
d Transmit PDO Mapping
Index 0x1A02
3rd Transmit PDO Mapping
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
0
Type
2
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
0 to 10
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
USINT
RW
Mapping entry 1
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
Access
Type
0 to
1
0x60410010
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF
Mapping entry 2
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0 to
2
0x60640020
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF
8-16
8. Object Dictionary

4r
d Transmit PDO Mapping
Index 0x1A03
4th Transmit PDO Mapping
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
0
Type
2
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
0 to 10
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
USINT
RW
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Mapping entry 1
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
Access
Type
0 to
1
0x60410010
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF
Mapping entry 2
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0 to
2
0x60640020
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFFF
8-17
8. Object Dictionary
8.4
Sync Manager Communication Objects
0x1C00, Sync Manager Communication Type
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
0
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
Type
4
USINT
RO
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
Communication type sync manager 0
Sub
Data
Initial value
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
Index
Type
1: mailbox receive
1
USINT
RO
(Master to slave)
Communication type sync manager 1
Sub
Data
Name
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
Index
Type
2: mailbox send
2
USINT
RO
(Slave to master)
Communication type sync manager 2
Sub
Data
Name
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
Index
Type
3: process data
3
output
USINT
RO
(Master to slave)
Communication type sync manager 3
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
Type
4: process data input
4
USINT
(Slave to master)
8-18
RO
-
8. Object Dictionary
0x1C10 to 0x1C13, Sync Manager PDO Assignment
This assigns the Sync Manager PDO when the PDO is transmitted through the data
communication process.
Index 0x1C10
Sub
Sync Manager 0 PDO Assignment
Data
Initial value
Index
0
Type
0
USINT
Index 0x1C11
Sub
0
RO
Data
Mapping
Range
No
-
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
Type
0
Setting
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Sync Manager 1 PDO Assignment
Initial value
Index
PDO
Access
USINT
Index 0x1C12
RO
Sync Manager 2 PDO Assignment
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
0
Type
1
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
0 to 2
Access
USINT
RW
Index of assigned RxPDO 1
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0x1600 to
1
0x1601
UINT
RW
No
0x1603
8-19
8. Object Dictionary
Index 0x1C13
Sync Manager 3 PDO Assignment
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
0
Type
1
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
0 to 2
Access
USINT
RW
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Index of assigned TxPDO 1
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0x1A00 to
1
0x1A01
UINT
RW
No
0x1A03
8-20

You can change 0x1C12 and 0x1C13 in the EtherCAT Pre-Operational state.

Set Sub-Index 1 after Sub-Index 0 is registered as 0.
8. Object Dictionary
0x1C32, Sync Manager 2 Synchronization
Sync Manager 2 (Process Data Output) Synchronization
Index 0x1C32
Sync Manager 2 (Process Data Output) Synchronization
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
Type
0
10
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
USINT
RO
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Synchronization modes
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
Type
1
0: Free-Run
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
–
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
–
Access
UINT
RO
Cycle time
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
Access
Type
Time between
2
UDINT
RO
Sync0 events [ns]
Shift time
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
Access
Type
3
125000 [ns]
UDINT
RO
Synchronization modes supported
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
Type
Bit 0 = 1
:Free-Run
supported
Bit
4:2 = 001
4
UINT
:DC
RO
Sync0
supported Bit 6:5 = 00
: No Output Shift
sup-ported
Minimum cycle time
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
5
Type
62500 [ns]
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
–
Access
UDINT
RO
8-21
8. Object Dictionary
Calc and copy time
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
6
Type
62500 [ns]
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
UDINT
RO
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Delay time
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
9
Access
Type
0 [ns]
UDINT
RO
Sync0 time
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
10
Access
Type
same as 1C32:02
UDINT
RO
Cycle exceeded counter
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
11
Type
0
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
–
Access
UDINT
RO
Shift too short counter
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
13
Type
-
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
UDINT
RO
Sync error
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
32
8-22
Access
Type
-
BOOL
RO
8. Object Dictionary
0x1C33, Sync Manager 3 Synchronization
Sync Manager 3 (Process Data Input) Synchronization
Index 0x1C33
Sync Manager 3 (Process Data Intput) Synchronization
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
Type
0
10
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
USINT
RO
No
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Synchronization modes
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
1
Type
same as 0x1C32:01
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
UINT
RO
No
Cycle time
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
2
Type
same as 0x1C32:02
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
UDINT
RO
No
Shift time
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
125000*n [ns]
(n = 1, 2, 3...) Range:
3
0 to
UDINT
RO
No
(Sync0 event cycle
time – 125000)
Synchronization
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
Bit 0 = 1
: Free-Run supported
Bit
4:2 = 001
: DC Sync0 supported
4
UINT
Bit
RO
No
6:5 = 01
: Input Shift with local
timer supported
8-23
8. Object Dictionary
Minimum cycle time
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
5
Type
same as 0x1C32:05
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
UDINT
RO
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Calc and copy time
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
6
Type
62500
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
UDINT
RO
Delay time
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
9
Access
Type
0
UDINT
RO
Sync0 time
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
10
Access
Type
same as 0x1C32:10
UDINT
RO
No
SM event missed count
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
12
Type
-
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
UDINT
RO
Shift too short counter
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
13
Type
-
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
UDINT
RO
Sync error
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
14
8-24
Access
Type
-
BOOL
RO
8. Object Dictionary
8.5
Manufacturer Specific Objects
0x2000, Motor ID
This specifies the motor ID.
Index 0x2000
Motor ID
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
Type
0
999
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
0 to 999
Access
UINT
RW
Change
Unit
PRECYC
-
Change
Unit
PRECYC
-
In the case of Serial encoder, automatically set.
But, for multi turn encoder, need to set manually
0x2001, Encoder Type
This specifies the current encoder type.
Index 0x2001
Encoder Type
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
Type
0
0
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
0 to 5
Access
UINT
RW
Value
Encoder Type
value
Encoder Type
1
Single turn serial encoder
3
Mult iturn serial encoder
The encoder data is read to display the encoder type.
0x2002, Encoder Resolution
This specifies the encoder bits read for automatic display.
Index 0x2002
Sub
Encoder Resolution
Data
Initial value
Index
0
Type
19
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
0 to 21
Access
UINT
RW
Change
Unit
PRECYC
[bit]
In the case of Serial encoder, automatically set.
But, for multi turn encoder, need to set manually
8-25
8. Object Dictionary
0x2003, Power Fail Mode
This specifies the main power input mode and the processing mode to use if phase loss
occurs.
Index 0x2003

Power Fail Mode
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0b000
UINT
RW
No
0b00
to 0b11
SV_OFF
-
Details
Bit
Value
(Hex)
function
0
Set the main power input
type
1
How to handle phase loss on
the main power
Setting details
0
Single-phase power input
1
Three-phase power input
0
Display Error in case of phase loss on the
main power.
1
Display Warning in case of phase loss on
the main power.
0x2004, RST Power Fail Check Time
This specifies the monitoring interval when main power phase loss occurs.
Index 0x2004
RST Power Fail Check Time
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
20
UINT
RW
No
0
to 5000
Always
ms
0x2005, 7SEG Display Object
This specifies the 7SEG display objects.
Index 0x2005
8-26
7SEG Display Object
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RW
Yes
2600
to 2616
Always
-

Can specify the objects applied when the servo turns on.

There are 617 values available from Index 0x2600 to 0x2616. Choose one for the specific
parameter.
8. Object Dictionary
0x2006, Regenerative Resistor De-rating Factor
This specifies the derating factor which checks for regenerative resistance overloads. If the
derating value is 100% or less, then the overload alarm trigger time is proportional to the set
value.
Index 0x2006
Regenerative Resistor De-rating Factor
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
100
UINT
RW
No
0
to 200
SV_OFF
[%]
0x2007, Regenerative Resistor Value
This specifies the resistance value for regenerative braking resistance. If it is set to 0, then it
uses the default resistance capacity embedded in the drive.
Index 0x2007
Regenerative Resistor Value
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RW
No
0
to 1000
PRECYC
ohm
0x2008, Regenerative Resistor Capacity
This specifies the current capacity for regenerative resistance. If it is set to 0, then it uses the
default resistance capacity embedded in the drive.
Index 0x2008
Regenerative Resistor Capacity
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RW
No
0
to 30000
PRECYC
Watt
0x2009, Overload Check Base
This indicates the load factor which triggers a continuous overload check. If it is set to 100 or
less, then the overload check starts early and the overload alarm triggers early.
Index 0x2009
Overload Check Base
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
100
UINT
RW
No
10
to 100
SV_OFF
[%]
8-27
8. Object Dictionary
0x200A, Overload Warning Level
This specifies the level for the continuous overload warning signal output. The warning signal
is issued when it reaches the percentage value set relative to the alarm trigger value.
Index 0x200A
Overload Warning Level
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
50
UINT
RW
Yes
10
to 100
SV_OFF
[%]
0x200B, PWM Off Delay
This specifies the time span between the servo Off command and actual PWM Off. This
prevents the motor from slipping down the vertical axis while the servo Off command and
brake command order the motor brake to engage. Use a PWM off delay when operating a
motor brake through the output contact point brake signal. (range: 0-1000 ms, initial value:
10).
Index 0x200B
PWM Off Delay
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
10
UINT
RW
No
0
to 1000
10
ms
0x200C, Dynamic Brake Control Mode
This specifies the Dynamic Brake (DB) control mode.
Index 0x200C

8-28
Dynamic Brake Control Mode
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0x0
UINT
RW
No
0x0
to 0x3
SV_OFF
-
Details
Value
Setting details
0
Hold after a DB stop
1
Release after a DB stop
2
Release after free run stop
3
Hold after a free run stop
8. Object Dictionary
0x200D, Basic Function Configuration
This specifies the basic drive function.
Index 0x200D

Basic Function Configuration
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0x00
UINT
RW
No
0x00 to
0xFF
SV_OFF
-
Details
Bit
function
0
Sets the servo drive direction
1
Sets the servo lock function
4
Set the multi-turn encoder
Value
(Hex)
Setting details
0
CCW (Clockwise), CW (Counterclockwise)
1
CW (Clockwise), CCW (Counterclockwise)
0
Do not use
1
Use
0
Use the multi-turn encoder as multi-turn
1
Use the multi-turn encoder as single-turn
0x200E, Position Scale Numerator
Index 0x200E
Position Scale Numerator
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
1
INT
RW
No
1 ~ 32767
SV_OFF
-
0x200F, Position Scale Denominator
Index 0x200F
Position Scale Denominator
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
1
INT
RW
No
1 ~ 32767
SV_OFF
-
0x2010, Velocity Scale Numerator
Index 0x2010
Velocity Scale Numerator
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
1
INT
RW
No
1 ~ 32767
SV_OFF
-
8-29
8. Object Dictionary
0x2011, Velocity Scale Denominator
Index 0x2011
Velocity Scale Denominator
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
1
INT
RW
No
1 ~ 32767
SV_OFF
-
0x2012, Acceleration Scale Numerator
Index 0x2012
Acceleration Scale Numerator
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
1
INT
RW
No
1 ~ 32767
SV_OFF
-
0x2013, Acceleration Scale Denominator
Index 0x2013
8-30
Acceleration Scale Denominator
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
1
INT
RW
No
1 ~ 32767
SV_OFF
-
8. Object Dictionary
 0x2014, DAC Output
Index 0x2014
DAC Output
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
0
Type
9
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
0 to 9
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
USINT
RO
Change
Unit
Always
-
Change
Unit
Always
-
Output Mode
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
Access
Type
0x0000 to
1
0x3210
UINT
RW
No
0xFFFF
Channel 1 offset
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
Change
Unit
Always
Unit/V
Change
Unit
Always
Unit/V
Change
Unit
Always
Unit/V
Change
Unit
Always
Unit/V
Change
Unit
Always
Unit/V
-32768 to
2
0
INT
RW
No
32767
Channel 2 offset
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
-32768 to
3
0
INT
RW
No
32767
Channel 3 offset
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
-32768 to
4
0
INT
RW
No
32767
Channel 4 offset
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
-32768 to
5
0
INT
RW
No
32767
Channel 1 Scale
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0
6
0
UINT
RW
No
to 65535
8-31
8. Object Dictionary
Channel 2 Scale
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
Change
Unit
Always
Unit/V
Change
Unit
Always
Unit/V
Change
Unit
Always
Unit/V
0
7
500
UINT
RW
No
to 65535
Channel 3 Scale
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0
8
50
UINT
RW
No
to 65535
Channel 4 Scale
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0
9
50
UINT
RW
No
to 65535

Details
There are 4 DAC Output available and send out data according to setting with 200[usec] cycle time.

DAC Output Type
Type
Data
Type
Data
0
Speed Feedback[RPM]
5
Following Error[pulse]
1
Speed Command[RPM]
6
DC Link Voltage[V]
2
Torque Feedback[%]
D
Speed Command(User)[RPM]
3
Torque Command[%]
E
Torque Command(User)[RPM]
Position Command
4
Frequency[0.1kpps]

DAC Output Offset
Set Offset[Unit/V] for analog output channel1~4.
(Speed[RPM], Torque[%], Position Command Frequency[0.1kpps], Position[pulse], DC_Link[V])

DAC Output Scale
If value of output is too low or high, output rate can be adjusted to high or low.
Set scale[Unit/V] of analog output channel1~4.
(Speed[RPM], Torque[%], Position Command Frequency[0.1kpps], Position[pulse], DC_Link[V])
Ex) 1channel scale 100 => Output 1[V] when 100[RPM].
8-32
8. Object Dictionary
0x2015, U Phase Current Offset
Set value of U Phase current offset. Value of current offset is already set in factory.
If you do not know the correct settings, don’t set manually.
Index 0x2015
Sub
Index
Initial value
U Phase Current Offset
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Change
Unit
SV_OFF
[mA]
-10000 ~
0
-
INT
RW
No
10000
0x2016, V Phase Current Offset
Set value of V Phase current offset. Value of current offset is already set in factory.
If you do not know the correct settings, don’t set manually.
Index 0x2016
Sub
Index
Initial value
V Phase Current Offset
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
V Phase Current
0
Change
Unit
SV_OFF
[mA]
-10000 ~
INT
RW
No
Offset
10000
0x2017, W Phase Current Offset
Set value of W Phase current offset. Value of current offset is already set in factory.
If you do not know the correct settings, don’t set manually.
Index 0x2016
Sub
Index
Initial value
W Phase Current Offset
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Change
Unit
-
[mA]
-10000 ~
0
-
INT
RW
No
10000
0x2100, Inertia Ratio Setting
This sets the inertia ratio by calculating the load inertia from the machine system and rotor
inertia listed on the motor specification table.
8-33
8. Object Dictionary
Index 0x2100
Inertia Ratio
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
100
UINT
RW
No
0 to 20000
Always
[%]
The inertia/load ratio is an important control parameter for the operation of the servo. It is
crucial to set the correct inertia ratio for optimal servo operation.
0x2101, Position P Gain 1
Index 0x2101
Position P Gain 1
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
50
UINT
RW
No
0 to 500
Always
Hz
0x2102, Position P Gain 2
Index 0x2102

Position P Gain 2
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
70
UINT
RW
No
0 to 500
Always
Hz
Position proportional gain [0x2101] and [0x2102]: Converts the difference between the position
command and the current position into a speed command by multiplying it by the position
proportional gain.
* Recommended value = speed proportional gain [0x2106]/10
0x2103, The Position Command Filter Time Constant
Index 0x2103
Position Command Filter Time Constant
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RW
No
0 to 1000
Always
ms
0x2104, Position Feed-forward Gain
Index 0x2104

8-34
Position Feed-forward Gain
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RW
No
0 to 100
Always
[%]
Feed-forward gain [0x2104]: Uses the differences in value to the position command to calculate the
gradient. Adds the speed command to the gradient to reduce the time needed to reach the target
position. If the value which results is too large, then the position controller may overshoot or
become unstable. It is important to gradually increase the value from a small value while monitoring
the test drive.
8. Object Dictionary
0x2105, The Position Feed-forward Filter Time Constant
Index 0x2105

Position Feed-forward Filter Time Constant
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RW
No
0 to 1000
Always
ms
The feed-forward filter time constant [0x2105]: The feed-forward control filter vibrates if the position
command changes too drastically. If this occurs, configure the filter value until the vibrations
disappear.
0x2106, Speed P Gain 1
Index 0x2106
Speed P Gain 1
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
400
UINT
RW
No
0 to 5000
Always
rad/s
0x2107, Speed P Gain 2
Index 0x2107

Speed P Gain 2
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
700
UINT
RW
No
0 to 5000
Always
rad/s
Speed proportional gain [0x2106] and [0x2107]:
by multiplying it by the proportional gain.
Converts the speed error into a torque command
0x2108, Speed Integral Time Constant 1 (Speed I Gain 1 Time
Constant)
Index 0x2108
Speed I Gain 1 Time Constant
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
50
UINT
RW
No
1 to 1000
Always
ms
8-35
8. Object Dictionary
0x2109, Speed Integral Time Constant 2 (Speed I Gain 2 Time
Constant)
Index 0x2109

Speed I Gain 2 Time Constant
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
15
UINT
RW
No
1 to 1000
Always
ms
Speed integral time constants [0x2108] and [0x2109]: Calculates the integral value of the speed
error. The speed error is the difference between the command speed and the current speed. The
speed integral time constant converts the speed error into a torque command by multiplying it by
the integral time constant.
0x210A, The Speed Command Filter Time Constant
Index 0x210A
Speed Command Filter Time Constant
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RW
No
0 to 1000
Always
ms
0x210B, The Speed Feedback Filter Time Constant
Index 0x210B

Speed Feedback Filter Time Constant
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
5
UINT
RW
No
0 to 1000
Always
0.1ms
Speed feedback filter time constant [0x210B]: Filters the speed feedback to control vibrations when
the speed of the motor changes due to drive system vibrations or vibrations due to gain and too
much load inertia.
0x210C, The Torque Command Filter Time Constant
Use a digital filter for the analog torque command voltage to improve the stability of
command signals. If the filter value is set too high, responsiveness to torque commands
will be reduced. It is important to set a value that is appropriate for your system.
Index 0x210C
8-36
Torque Command Filter Time Constant
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RW
No
0 to 1000
Always
ms
8. Object Dictionary
0x210D, Conversion Mode
Index 0x210D
Conversion Mode
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0x00
UINT
RW
No
0x00 to
0xFF
Always
-
1. Set the gain transfer mode.

Details
Bit
0 to 3
function
Gain 1<->Gain 2 Conversion
Setting
Value
(Hex)
Setting details
0
Only uses gain 1.
1
ZSPD auto gain transfer
In case of zero speed, transfer from
gain 1 to gain 2.
In the opposite case, transfer from gain
2 to gain 1.
2
INPOS auto gain transfer
In case of IN position, transfer from
gain 1 to gain 2.
In the opposite case, transfer from gain
2 to gain 1.
3
Manual gain transfer
When the gain 2 contact is on, transfer
from gain 1 to gain 2.
In the opposite case, transfer from gain
2 to gain 1.
2. Setting the P and PI Control Conversion Modes

Details
Bit
4 to 7
function
Value
(Hex)
Setting details
0
Only control PI.
1
Control P if the command torque is
higher than the set torque [0x2114].
2
Control P if the command speed is
higher than the set speed [0x2115].
3
Control P if the current acceleration is
higher than the set torque [0x2116].
4
Control P if the current position error is
higher than the set position error
[0x2117].
Set the P<->PI conversion
Note 1) Control P if the PCON contact is on (highest priority).

These functions allow you to improve position operations by applying the P control operation
stop function after PI control operation.
8-37
8. Object Dictionary
0x210E, The Gain Conversion Time

This sets the gain conversion time during gain conversion operation.
Index 0x210E

Gain Conversion Time
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
1
UINT
RW
No
1 to 100
Always
ms
When converting gain 1 to gain 2 or gain 2 to gain 1, the conversion occurs according to the set
time.
0x210F, The Resonance Avoidance Operation (Notch Filter
Use)
Index 0x210F
Notch Filter Use
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RW
No
0 to 1
Always
-
Mechanical resonance causes vibrations to occur at certain frequencies in certain systems.
You can control the vibrations by controlling the torque output for specific frequencies.

Details
Bit
function
0 to 3
Resonance avoidance
operation
Value
(Hex)
Setting details
0
Do not use
1
Use
0x2110, The Resonance Avoidance Frequency (Notch Filter
Frequency)
Index 0x2110
Notch Filter Frequency
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
300
UINT
RW
No
0 to 1000
Always
-
0x2111, The Resonance Avoidance Range (Notch Filter
Bandwidth)
Index 0x2111
8-38
Notch Filter Bandwidth
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
100
UINT
RW
No
0 to 1000
Always
-
8. Object Dictionary
0x2112, The Velocity Limit Switch
Index 0x2112
Velocity Limit Switch
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RW
No
0 to 3
Always
-
0x2113, The Velocity Limit Value
Index 0x2113
Velocity Limit Value
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
2000
UINT
RW
No
0 to 10000
Always
RPM
0x2114, P Control Conversion Torque (Torque Switch Value)
Index 0x2114
Torque Switch Value
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
200
UINT
RW
No
0 to 300
Always
[%]
0x2115, The P Control Conversion Speed (Speed Switch
Value)
Index 0x2115
Speed Switch Value
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
50
UINT
RW
No
0 to 6000
Always
[RPM]
0x2116, P Control Conversion Acceleration (Acceleration
Switch Value)
Index 0x2116
Acceleration Switch Value
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
100
UINT
RW
No
0 to 5000
Always
rpm/s
0x2117, P Control Conversion Position Error (Following Error
Switch Value)
Index 0x2117
Following Error Switch Value
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
2000
UINT
RW
No
0 to 10000
Always
Pulse
8-39
8. Object Dictionary
0x2200, Input Port Define 1
Index 0x2200
Input Port Define 1
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0x4000
UINT
RW
No
0x0000 to
0xFFFF
PRECYC
-
0x2201, Input Port Define 2
Index 0x2201
Input Port Define 2
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0x0065
UINT
RW
No
0x0000 to
0xFFFF
PRECYC
-
0x2202, Output Port Define 1
Index 0x2202
Output Port Define 1
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0x4321
UINT
RW
No
0x0000 to
0xFFFF
PRECYC
-
0x2203, Output Port Define 2
Index 0x2203
Output Port Define 2
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0x0
UINT
RW
No
0x0000 to
0xFFFF
PRECYC
-
0x2204, The Input Port Logic Set
Index 0x2204
Sub
Index
0
8-40
Initial value
0b111111
Input Port Logic Set
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
UINT
RW
No
0b0000000000
to
0b1111111111
PRECYC
-
8. Object Dictionary
0x2205, The Output Port Logic Set
Index 0x2205
Output Port Logic Set
Sub
Index
Initial
value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0b0110
UINT
RW
No
0b0000000000
to
0b1111111111
PRECYC
-
0x2206, The Zero Speed Range
Index 0x2206
Zero Speed Range
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
10
UINT
RW
No
1 to 65535
Always
RPM
Spee
Velocity span
[0x606D]
Command speed
Zero speed output range
[0x2206]
Time
Zero speed (ZSPD)
Speed reached (INSPD)

Zero speed output range [0x2202]: A zero speed signal is output if the current speed drops below
the set speed.

Speed-reached range [0x606D]: The speed-reached signal is output.
0x2207, The Break Output Speed
Index 0x2207
Break Output Speed
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
100
UINT
RW
No
1 to 6000
Always
RPM
8-41
8. Object Dictionary
0x2208, The Break Output Delay Time
Index 0x2208
Break Output Delay Time
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
500
UINT
RW
No
0 to 1000
Always
ms
Motor operation speed
Speed
In case of servo Off or
alarm trigger
Brake signal output
operation speed
[0x2206]
Time
Servo On input
Brake output signal
delay time [0x2208]
Within 50 ms

The brake signal output operation speed [0x2207] and brake signal output delay time [0x2208]
If an alarm occurs after the servo’s built-in brake is applied to the vertical axis for motor operation,
then this feature activates to prevent the load on the vertical axis from falling to the motor brake.
This may occur as a result of the brake signal turning off because of the brake signal output
operation speed [0x2206] or the brake signal output delay time [0x2207].
0x2300, The Index (Z-phase) Pulse Detection Operation Speed
(Index Pulse Search Speed)
Index 0x2300
Index Pulse Search Speed
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
10
UINT
RW
No
1 to 300
Always
RPM
0x2301, The Speed Command Acceleration Time
Index 0x2301

8-42
Speed Command Acceleration Time
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RW
No
0 to 10000
Always
ms
Acceleration time [0x2301]: Specifies the time required, in ms, for the motor to reach the rated
motor speed from zero speed.
8. Object Dictionary
0x2302, The Speed Command Deceleration Time
Index 0x2302

Speed Command Deceleration Time
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RW
No
0 to 10000
Always
ms
Deceleration time [0x2302]: Specifies the time, in ms, required for the motor to stop after running at
the rated motor speed.
0x2303, The Speed Command S-curve Time
Index 0x2303
Speed Command S-curve Time
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
10
UINT
RW
No
1 to 100
Always
ms
0x2304, The Speed Operation Pattern (Acceleration Pattern)
Index 0x2304
Acceleration Pattern
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RW
No
0 to 1
Always
-
You can configure the acceleration/deceleration operation in an S-curve pattern for smooth
acceleration/deceleration.

Details
Value
Setting details
0
Trapezoidal
-> Configure the acceleration/deceleration time in [0x2301] and [0x2302]
1
Sinusoidal
-> Configure the acceleration/deceleration time [0x2301] and [0x2302] + S-curve
time [0x2303]
0x2305, The Manual JOG Operation Speed (JOG Speed)
Index 0x2305
JOG Speed
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
500
INT
RW
No
-6000 to
6000
Always
RPM
8-43
8. Object Dictionary
0x2306, JOG Operation Speed 1 (Program JOG Speed 1)
Index 0x2306
Program JOG Speed 1
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
INT
RW
No
-6000 to
6000
Always
RPM
0x2307, JOG Operation Speed 2 (Program JOG Speed 2)
Index 0x2307
Program JOG Speed 2
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
3000
INT
RW
No
-6000 to
6000
Always
RPM
0x2308, JOG Operation Speed 3 (Program JOG Speed 3)
Index 0x2308
Program JOG Speed 3
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
INT
RW
No
-6000 to
6000
Always
RPM
0x2309, JOG Operation Speed 4 (Program JOG Speed 4)
Index 0x2309
Program JOG Speed 4
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
-3000
INT
RW
No
-6000 to
6000
Always
RPM
0x230A, JOG Operation Time 1 (Program JOG Time 1)
Index 0x230A
Program JOG Time 1
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
500
UINT
RW
No
0 to 65535
Always
ms
0x230B, JOG Operation Time 2 (Program JOG Time 2)
Index 0x230B
8-44
Program JOG Time 2
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
5000
UINT
RW
No
0 to 65535
Always
ms
8. Object Dictionary
0x230C, JOG Operation Time 3 (Program JOG Time 3)
Index 0x230C
Program JOG Time 3
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
500
UINT
RW
No
0 to 65535
Always
ms
0x230D, JOG Operation Time 4 (Program JOG Time 4)
A test drive repeats step 1 to 4.
Set the operation speed ([0x2306]-[0x2309]) and operation time ([0x230A]-[0x230D]) for
each step.
Index 0x230D
Program JOG Time 4
Sub
Index
Name
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
5000
UINT
RW
No
0 to 65535
Always
ms
0x2402, The Position Limit Function
Index 0x2402
Position Limit Function
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RW
No
0 to 1
Always
-

Details
Value(Hex)
Setting details
0
Checking Software Position Limit value of forward direction
1
Checking Software Position Limit value of reverse direction
0x2403, Backlash Compensation
If the position operation causes backlashes which change the position, then this setting
converts backlash amount into a number of pulses to compensate for the backlash.
Index 0x2403
Backlash Compensation
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RW
No
0 to 10000
Always
-
Change
Unit
0x2600, The Current Speed (RPM)
This displays the current operation speed in RPM.
Index 0x2600
Sub
Initial value
Current Speed (RPM)
Data
Access
PDO
Setting
8-45
8. Object Dictionary
Index 0x2600
Index
0
-
Current Speed (RPM)
Mapping
Range
Type
INT
RO
Yes
-
-
RPM
0x2601, The Command Speed (RPM)
This displays the current command speed in RPM.
Index 0x2601
Command Speed (RPM)
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
-
INT
RO
Yes
-
-
RPM
0x2602, The Tracking Position Pulse (Feedback Pulse)
This displays the accumulated number of position command pulses that result from servo
motor rotations when the servo turned on.
Index 0x2602
Feedback Pulse
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
-
DINT
RO
No
-
-
Pulse
0x2603, The Position Command Pulse
This displays the accumulated number of position command pulses entered since the servo
turned on.
Index 0x2603
Command Pulse
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
-
DINT
RO
No
-
-
Pulse
0x2604, The Remaining Position Pulse (Following Error)
This displays the difference between command pulses and tracking pulses and the
remaining position pulses for the servo to run.
It ignores the remaining position pulses when a servo that is off is turned back on.
Index 0x2604
Following Error
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
DINT
RO
Yes
-
-
Pulse
0x2605, The Input Command Frequency
This displays the input pulse frequency.
8-46
8. Object Dictionary
Index 0x2605
Input Command Frequency
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
INT
RO
No
-
-
KHz
0x2606, Current Operation Torque
This displays the energy (load) output by the servo motor as a percentage of the rated output.
Index 0x2606
Current Torque
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
INT
RO
No
-
-
[%]
0x2607, Current Command Torque
This uses the serv’'s control algorithm to calculate the internal torque command and display
it as a percentage of the rated torque.
Index 0x2607
Command Torque
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
INT
RO
No
-
-
[%]
0x2608, Accumulated Overload
This displays the current energy (load) as a percentage of the rated energy (load) of the
servo motor.
Index 0x2608
Accumulated Overload
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
INT
RO
Yes
-
-
[%]
0x2609, The Maximum Instantaneous Load
This displays the maximum (peak) load between the current time and the start of control after
the servo turns on as a percentage of the rated output.
Index 0x2609
Maximum Load
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
INT
RO
No
-
-
[%]
0x260A, The Torque Limit
This displays the maximum torque that the servo motor can output as a percentage of the
rated torque.
8-47
8. Object Dictionary
Index 0x260A
Torque Limit
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
-
INT
RO
No
-
-
[%]
0x260B, The DC-Link Voltage
This displays the current DC link value of the main power.
The normal DC link voltage of a 220 V standard drive is approximately 300 V. The maximum
allowable DC link voltage is 405 V.
The overvoltage alarm [AL-41] goes off when the DC link voltage threshold is exceeded
because there is either too much or too little regenerative resistance.
The normal DC link voltage in the regenerative section is 385 V or below.
Index 0x260B
DC-Link Voltage
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RO
Yes
-
-
V
0x260C, Regenerative Overload
This displays the overload rate relative to the regenerative capacity of the servo drive.
Index 0x260C
Regenerative Overload
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RO
Yes
-
-
[%]
0x260D, The Single-turn Data (Pulse) Display (Single-turn
Data)
This displays the single-turn data of the encoder in pulses.
Index 0x260D
Single-turn Data
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
DINT
RO
Yes
-
-
Pulse
0x260E, The Single-turn Data (Degree) Display (Single-turn
Data (deg))
This displays the single-turn data of the encoder in degrees.
Index 0x260E
8-48
Single-turn Data (deg)
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RO
Yes
-
-
Degrees
8. Object Dictionary
0x260F, The Multi-turn Data Display
This displays the multi-turn data for the encoder.
Index 0x260F
Multi-turn Data
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
INT
RO
Yes
-
-
rev
Unit
0x2610, The Room Temperature Display
℃].
This displays the temperature sensor value of the servo drive in [
Index 0x2610
Room temperature
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
0
0
UINT
RO
No
-
-
℃]
[
0x2611, The Motor Rated Speed Display
This displays the rated speed of the motor in RPM.
Index 0x2611
Motor Rated Speed
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RO
No
-
-
RPM
0x2612, The Motor Maximum Speed Display
This displays the peak speed of the motor in RPM.
Index 0x2612
Motor Maximum Speed
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RO
No
-
-
RPM
0x2613, The Motor Rated Current Display
This displays the rated current of the motor in A.
Index 0x2613
Motor Rated Current
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RO
No
-
-
A
0x2614, The U Phase Current Offset Display
This displays the U phase current offset in mA.
8-49
8. Object Dictionary
Index 0x2614
U Phase Current Offset
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
INT
RO
No
-
-
mA
0x2615, The V Phase Current Offset Display
This displays the V phase current offset in mA.
Index 0x2615
V Phase Current Offset
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
INT
RO
No
-
-
mA
0x2616, The FPGA Version Display
This displays the version of the FPGA.
Index 0x2616
FPGA Version
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
-
UINT
RO
No
-
-
-
0x2617, External Encoder Position Feedback
Index 0x2617
Sub
Index
0
External Encoder Position Feedback
Data
Initial value
Type
-
PDO
Setting
Chan
Mapping
Range
ge
Yes
-
-
Access
DINT
RO
Unit
[rev]
0x2618, External Encoder Following Error
Display Following pulse difference between Internal and External encoder.
Index 0x2618
Sub
Index
0
External Encoder Following Error
Data
Initial value
Type
-
PDO
Setting
Chan
Mapping
Range
ge
Yes
-
-
Access
DINT
RO
Unit
[rev]
0x2700, Read/Clear the Alarm History
Index 0x2700
Read/Clear Alarm History
Number of entries
Sub
8-50
Initial value
Data
Access
PDO
Setting
Change
Unit
8. Object Dictionary
Index
0
Type
21
USINT
Mapping
Range
No
-
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
RO
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Clear History
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
1
Access
Type
0
UDINT
RW
Alarm Code 1~20
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
2~21
Access
Type
0
USINT
RO

The XDL-L7N reads object entries to determine the alarm history of a parameter.

In order to prevent parameters from being incorrectly read, the Sub-Index records "read" when the
parameter is read.

The XDL-L7N reads object entries to delete the alarm history of a parameter.

In order to prevent parameters from being incorrectly deleted, record "rset" in the Sub-Index and an
alarm history is deleted.

When "read" is written to Sub-Index 1, all 20 alarm histories are read.

When "rset" is written to Sub-Index 1, all 20 alarm histories are deleted.

Alarm codes 1 to 20 is from 0x2700: 02 to 0x2700: 21.

The first alarm code is the most recent alarm.
You can check the past 20 alarm codes in sequence (the most recent first), by reading SubIndexes 2 to 21.
8-51
8. Object Dictionary
0x2701, Auto Gain Tuning (Auto-tuning)
Index 0x2701
Auto-tuning
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
Type
0
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
1 to 10
Access
3
USINT
RO
Change
Unit
SV_OFF
-
Change
Unit
SV_OFF
-
Change
Unit
Start tuning
Sub
Data
Initial value
Access
Index
Type
1
0
UDINT
RW
Tuning speed
Sub
Data
Initial value
Access
Index
Type
100
2
8
UINT
RW
SV_OFF
[RPM]
Tuning distance
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
Type
3
3
Setting
Mapping
Range
UINT
RW
No
1 to 5
Change
Unit
SV_OFF
-

The XDL-L7N reads object entries to automatically tune the gain.

In order to prevent parameters from being incorrectly tuned, the parameter is only tuned when the
Sub-Index records "tune."
Sifnature
8-52
PDO
Access
16 15
MSB
LSB
ASCII
e
n
u
t
hex
0x65
0x6E
0x75
0x74

Automatic tuning is conducted when "tune" is written to the Sub-Index 1.

This should be performed when the servo is off.

When writing "tune," the function begins to operate and repeats three times based on the set speed
and distance parameters.

Automatic gain tuning changes the inertia ratio (0x2100), speed proportional gain 1 (0x2106), and
speed integral time constant 1 (0x2108).

Set the automatic gain tuning speed in Sub-Index 2.

The default value is 8 in *100 RPM units.

Set the automatic gain tuning distance in Sub-Index 3.

It rotates 1.2 to 1.4 turns for motor shafts with a default value of 3, and about 25% of the distance
increases or decreases when the setting value is increased or decreased by 1.
8. Object Dictionary
It estimates the inertia based on the speed set in Sub-Index 2 and the distance set in SubIndex 3. It stores the inertia ratio [0x2100], speed proportional gain 1 [0x2106], and speed
proportional gain 2 [0x2108].
Transfer
distance
이송거리
Speed
속도
ⅹ3 times
x 3회
0x2702, Reset Absolute Encoder
Index 0x2702
Reset Absolute Encoder
Reset Absolute Encoder
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
0
Type
1
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
USINT
RW
Change
Unit
PRECYC
-
Change
Unit
PRECYC
-
Change
Unit
PRECYC
-
Change
Unit
PRECYC
-
Reset Encoder
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
1
Access
Type
0
UDINT
RW
0x2703, Calibrate Current Offset
Index 0x2703
Calibrate Current Offset
Calibrate Current Offset
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
0
Type
1
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
USINT
RW
Calibrate Offset
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
1
Access
Type
0
UDINT
RW
XDL-L7N offers calibration-function for current offset.
8-53
8. Object Dictionary
Current Offset will be calibrated by writing “rset” in Sub-Index 1.
8-54
8. Object Dictionary
8.6
CiA402 Objects
0x603F, Error Code
This displays the most recent alarm/warning code generated by the servo drive.
Index 0x603F
Error Code
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RO
Yes
-
-
-
0x6040, Controlword
This is composed of bits which control the drive state, the operation mode, and
manufacturer-specific options.
Index 0x6040

Controlword
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RW
Yes
0 to
0xFFFF
Always
-
Controlword Bit
Bit
function
0
Switch on
1
Enable Voltage
2
Quick stop
3
Enable operation
4 to 6
Settings by operation
mode
7
Fault reset
8
Halt
9
Settings by operation
mode
10
–
11 to
15
–
Details
Refer to the section concerning bits 0 to 3.
Refer to the section concerning bits 4 to 9.
0-> 1: Alarm/warning reset
Refer to the section concerning bits 4 to 9.
-
8-55
8. Object Dictionary
Details on Bits 0 to 3

Bits 0 to 3: Drive state control
Command
Controlword Bit
Bit 7
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Shutdown
0
–
1
1
0
Switch on
0
0
1
1
1
Switch on +
Enable operation
0
1
1
1
1
Disable voltage
0
–
–
0
–
Quick stop
0
–
0
1
–
Disable operation
0
0
1
1
1
Enable operation
0
1
1
1
1
Details on Bits 4 to 9



8-56
Bits 4, 5 and 9: Applied in Profile position (Pp) mode
Bit 9
Bit 5
Bit 4
Details
0
0
0→1
It proceeds to the next position when the operation at the current
position is complete.
–
1
0→1
It drives to the next position immediately.
1
0
0→1
It drives from the current position to the profile position at the
profile speed before it applies the next position.
Bits 6 and 8: Applied in Profile position (Pp) mode
Bit
function
6
Abs/rel
8
Halt
Value
Details
0
Sets the target position to an absolute value.
1
Sets the target position to a relative value.
0
Runs an operation or continues an operation.
1
Halts the operation according to the Halt Option code
(0x605D).
Bits 4, 5, 6, 8 and 9: Applied in Homing mode
Bit
function
Value
Details
Homing
operation
start
0
Does not perform the homing operation.
4
1
Performs or is performing the homing operation.
5
–
0
-
6
–
0
-
0
Runs the bit 4 command.
8
Halt
1
Halts the operation according to the Halt Option code
(0x605D).
9
–
0
Reserved
8. Object Dictionary


Bits 4, 5, 6, 8 and 9: Applied in Cyclic synchronous position (Csp) mode, velocity mode, or torque
mode.
Bit
function
Value
4
–
0
-
5
–
0
-
6
–
0
-
0
Continues to perform the operation.
8
Halt
1
Halts the operation according to the Halt Option code
(0x605D).
9
–
0
-
Bits 4, 5, 6, 8 and 9: Applied at the Interpolated position (Ip)
Bit
Function
Value
4
Interpolation
enabled
0
Interpolation disabled
1
Interpolation enabled
5
–
0
-
6
–
0
-
8
Halt
0
Runs the bit 4 command.
1
Halts the operation according to the Halt Option code
(0x605D).
0
Reserved
9

Details
–
Details
Bits 4, 5, 6, 8 and 9: Applied in Profile velocity (Pv) mode or torque mode
Bit
function
Value
Details
4
–
0
Reserved
5
–
0
Reserved
6
–
0
Reserved
0
Continues to perform the operation.
8
Halt
1
Halts the operation according to the Halt Option code
(0x605D).
9
–
0
Reserved
8-57
8. Object Dictionary
0x6041, Statusword
The Statusword indicates the current state of the drive.
It consists of bits that indicate the state according to the drive and operation mode.
Index 0x6041

8-58
Statusword
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Chan
ge
Unit
0
0
UINT
RO
Yes
0 to
0xFFFF
-
-
Statusword Bits
Bit
Function
0
Ready to switch on
1
Switched on
2
Operation enabled
3
Fault
4
Voltage enabled
5
Quick stop
6
Switch on disabled
7
Warning
8
–
9
Remote
10
Operation mode specific
11
Internal limit active
12 to 13
Operation mode specific
14
Torque limit active
15
–
Details
Refer to the section concerning bits 0 to 7.
Reserved
Processed as a Controlword (0x6040)
Refer to the sections concerning bits 10, 12 and 13.
Refer to the section concerning bit 11.
Refer to the sections concerning bits 10, 12 and 13.
= 0; no torque limit active = 1; torque limit active
Reserved
8. Object Dictionary
 Details on Bits 0 to 7

Bits 0 to 7: Indicates the current state of the drive
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Drive State
–
0
–
–
0
0
0
0
Not ready to switch on
–
1
–
–
0
0
0
0
Switch on disabled
–
0
1
–
0
0
0
1
Ready to switch on
–
0
1
–
0
0
1
1
Switched on
–
0
1
–
0
1
1
1
Operation enabled
–
0
0
–
0
1
1
1
Quick stop active
–
0
–
–
1
1
1
1
Fault reaction active
–
0
–
–
1
0
0
0
Fault
–
–
–
1
–
–
–
–
Main Power On
1
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Warning is occurred
 Details about Bit 11

Bit 11: Indicates whether to use an internal limit
Use of an internal limit: Both the software position limit and internal limit are applied to the target
position.
Use N-OT/P-OT contacts
This exceeds the interpolation speed (only used for the interpolated position (Ip) or the cyclic
synchronous position (Csp))
8-59
8. Object Dictionary
 Details on Bits 10, 12 and 13

Bits 10, 12 and13: Profile position (Pp) Mode
Bit
State
10
Set-point
acknowledge
13

Halt (0x6040.8) = 0: Failed to reach the target position
Halt (0x6040.8) = 1: Deceleration
1
Halt (0x6040.8) = 0: Reached the target position
Halt (0x6040.8) = 1: Speed: 0
0
Prepares the previous set point and waits for a new set
point
1
Changed from the previous set point to the new set point
0
No following error
1
Following error
Bits 10, 12 and 13: Homing Mode
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 10
Homing
error
Homing
attained
Target
reached
0
0
0
Homing in progress
0
0
1
Homing stopped or not started
0
1
0
Performed homing operation, but the not reach the target
0
1
1
Homing completed
1
0
0
Homing error; speed not equal to 0
1
0
1
Homing error; speed equal to 0
Details
Bits 10, 12 and 13: Cyclic synchronous position (Csp)/velocity mode/torque mode
Bit
State
Value
Target
reached
0
Unable to reach the target (position/velocity/torque)
10
1
Reached the target (position/velocity/torque)
Target value
ignored
0
Ignores the target value (position/velocity/torque)
1
Uses the target value as the position control input
0
No following error (0 in Csv/constant in torque mode)
1
Following error
12
13
8-60
Following error
Details
0
Target reached
12

Value
Details
Following error
8. Object Dictionary


Bits 10, 12 and 13: Interpolated position (Ip) mode
Bit
State
10
Target
reached
Details
0
Halt (0x6040.8) = 0: Unable to reach the target position
Halt (0x6040.8) = 1: Deceleration
1
Halt (0x6040.8) = 0: Reached the target position
Halt (0x6040.8) = 1: Speed: 0
0
Interpolation deactivated
1
Interpolation activated
12
Ip mode active
13
–
0
-
10
Target
reached
0
Halt (0x6040.8) = 0: Unable to reach the target position
Halt (0x6040.8) = 1: Deceleration
Bits 10, 12 and 13: Profile velocity (Pv) mode
Bit
10
12
13

Value
State
Value
Details
0
Halt (0x6040.8) = 0: Unable to reach the target position
Halt (0x6040.8) = 1: Deceleration
1
Halt (0x6040.8) = 0: Reached the target position
Halt (0x6040.8) = 1: Speed: 0
0
Not in a zero speed state
1
In zero a speed state
0
-
Target
reached
Speed
–
Bits 10, 12 and 13: Profile torque (Pt) mode
Bit
10
State
Value
Details
0
Halt (0x6040.8) = 0: Failed to reach the target position
Halt (0x6040.8) = 1: Deceleration
1
Halt (0x6040.8) = 0: Reached the target position
Halt (0x6040.8) = 1: Speed: 0
Target reached
12
–
0
Reserved
13
–
0
Reserved
8-61
8. Object Dictionary
0x605A, The Quick Stop Option Code
This sets the Quick Stop option code.
Index 0x605A

Quick Stop Option Code
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
2
INT
RW
No
0 to 4
-
-
Details
Value
Details
0
Not used (transits into Switch On Disabled).
1
Slowly decelerates and then stops the drive according to the quick stop
deceleration (0x6085) setting (Switch On Disabled).
2
Slowly decelerates and then stops the drive according to the quick stop
deceleration (0x6085) setting (Switch On Disabled).
3
Stops using the torque limit value (Switch On Disabled).
0x605B, The Shutdown Option Code
This specifies the operation to shutdown the servo drive (Operation Enabled state -> Ready
to Switch On state).
Index 0x605B

Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
INT
RW
No
0 to 1
Always
-
Details
Value
8-62
Shutdown Option Code
Details
0
Not used
1
Decelerates to a stop; enters a Switch On Disabled state; enters a Ready state
8. Object Dictionary
0x605C, The Disable Operation Option Code
This sets the Disable Operation state (Operation Enabled state -> Switched On state) option
code.
Index 0x605C

Disable Operation Option Code
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
1
INT
RW
No
0 to 1
Always
-
Details
Value
Details
0
Does not use the drive function
1
Decelerates to a stop; moves to the Switch On Disabled state; moves to the Not
Ready state
0x605D, The Halt Option Code
The Halt option code sets the operation method used to move from the Operation Enabled
state to the Switched On state.
Index 0x605D

Halt Option Code
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
INT
RW
No
0 to 4
Always
-
Details
Value
Details
1
Decelerates to a stop; moves to the Operation Enabled state
2
Decelerates to a stop based on the quick stop deceleration time; move to the
Operation Enabled state
3
Decelerates to a stop based on the torque limit; moves to the Operation Enabled
state
8-63
8. Object Dictionary
0x605E, The Fault Reaction Option Code
This sets the operation method which protects the XDL-L7N drive system during fault
reactions.
Index 0x605D

Fault Reaction Option Code
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
INT
RW
No
0
Always
-
Details
Value
Details
Does not use the servo drive function. The motor maintains the free-run state
(turns the servo Off).
0
0x6060, Modes of Operation
This sets the servo drive operation mode. The master sets the operation mode when the
power is turned on.
The XDL-L7N provides the following operation modes:
Index 0x6060

8-64
Modes of Operation
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
SINT
RW
Yes
0 to 10
Always
-
Details
Value
Name
0
-
1
Pp
Details
No mode change/no mode assigned
Profile Position mode
2
-
3
Pv
Reserved (keep last mode)
Profile Velocity mode
4
Tq
Profile Torque mode
6
Hm
Homing mode
7
Ip
Interpolated Position mode
8
Csp
Cyclic Sync Position mode
9
Csv
Cyclic Sync Velocity mode
10
Cst
Cyclic Sync Torque mode
Other
-
Reserved (keep last mode)
8. Object Dictionary
0x6061, The Modes of Operation Display
This displays the current mode of operation.
The value displayed is identical to the operation mode (0x6060).
Index 0x6061
Modes of Operation Display
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
SINT
RO
Yes
0 to 10
-
-
0x6062, The Position Demand Value
This displays the position demand value in the position units specified by the user.
Index 0x6062
Position Demand Value
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
DINT
RO
Yes
-
-
Pos.
unit
0x6063, The Position Actual Internal Value
This displays the actual internal position value in encoder pulses.
Index 0x6063
Position Actual Internal Value
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
DINT
RO
Yes
-
-
Pulse
0x6064, The Position Actual Value
This displays the actual position value in user-defined units.
Index 0x6064
Position Actual Value
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
DINT
RO
Yes
-
-
Pos.
unit
8-65
8. Object Dictionary
0x6065, The Position Error Range (Following Error Window)
This sets the position error range for the Following Error (Statusword, 0x6041.13).
Index 0x6065
Following Error Window
Sub
Inde
x
Initial value
Data
Type
Acces
s
PDO
Mappin
g
Setting
Range
Change
Uni
t
0
2000000
UDIN
T
RW
No
0 to
1073741823
Always
Pos.
unit
0x6066, Position Error Timeout (Following Error Time Out)
This sets the position error timeout period.
Index 0x6066
Following Error Time Out
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RW
No
0 to 65535
Always
ms
0x6067, The Position Reached Range (Position Window)
This sets the position reached range for the target.
If the XDL-L7N reaches the position window (0x6067) within the position window time
(0x6068), then it sets bit 10 of the Statusword (0x6041) to 1.
Index 0x6067
Position Window
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
100
UDINT
RW
No
0 to
1073741823
Always
Pos.
unit
0x6068, The Position Reached Time (Position Window Time)
This sets the time it takes to reach the target position.
If the XDL-L7N reaches the position window (0x6067) within the position window time
(0x6068), then it sets bit 10 of the Statusword (0x6041) to 1.
Index 0x6068
8-66
Position Window Time
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RW
No
0 to 65535
Always
ms
8. Object Dictionary
0x606B, The Velocity Demand Value
This displays the position controller output or the trajectory generator output speed.
Index 0x606B
Velocity Demand Value
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
DINT
RO
Yes
-
-
Vel. unit
0x606C, The Actual Velocity Value
This displays the actual velocity value in user-defined position units.
Index 0x606C
Actual Velocity Value
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
DINT
RO
Yes
-
-
Vel. unit
0x606D, The Velocity Reached Range (Velocity Window)
This sets the range of the velocity window.
If the difference between the target velocity and the actual velocity is retained within the
velocity window range (0x606D) for the duration of the velocity window time (0x606E), then it
sets bit 10 of Statusword (0x6041) to 1.
This displays the window in user-defined units.
Index 0x606D
Velocity Window
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
20000
UINT
RW
No
0 to 65535
Always
Vel.
unit
0x606E, The Velocity Window Time
This sets the velocity window time.
If the difference between the target velocity and the actual velocity is retained within the
velocity window range (0x606D) for the duration of the velocity window time (0x606E), then it
sets bit 10 of Statusword (0x6041) to 1.
Index 0x606E
Velocity Window Time
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RW
No
0 to 65535
Always
ms
8-67
8. Object Dictionary
0x6071, The Target Torque
This displays the target torque for the motor in 0.1% increments of the rated torque.
Index 0x6071
Target Torque
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
INT
RW
Yes
–32768 to
+32767
Always
[0.1%]
0x6072, Maximum Torque
This sets the maximum torque that the motor can output in 0.1% increments of the rated
torque.
This is the default maximum motor torque when power is first supplied to the servo drive.
Index 0x6072
Max. Torque
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
3000
UINT
RW
Yes
0 to 65535
Always
[0.1%]
0x6074, The Torque Demand Value
This displays the current torque demand value in 0.1% increments of the rated torque.
Index 0x6074
Torque Demand Value
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
INT
RO
Yes
-
Always
[0.1%]
0x6076, The Motor Rated Torque
This displays the rated torque of the motor (mNm).
Index 0x6076
8-68
Motor Rated Torque
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
0
0
UDINT
RO
No
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
Always
mNm
8. Object Dictionary
0x6077, The Torque Actual Value
This displays the actual torque value of the XDL-L7N in 0.1% increments of the rated torque.
Index 0x6077
Torque Actual Value
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
INT
RO
Yes
-
-
[0.1%]
0x607A, The Target Position
This sets the target position in Profile Position (Pp) mode and Cyclic Synchronous Position
(Csp) mode.
This position is applied as an abs/rel flag of the Controlword in Profile Position (Pp) mode
according to absolute/relative value setting. It is always applied as an absolute value in Csp
mode.
Index 0x607A
Target Position
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
1310720
DINT
RW
Yes
–2147483648
to
+2147483647
Always
-
0x607C, The Home Offset
This sets the offset value for the origin of the absolute encoder or absolute external scale
and the zero position of the actual position value (0x6064).
Index 0x607C
Sub
Index
0
Initial value
0
Home Offset
Data
Type
DINT
Access
RW
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
No
–
536870912
to
+536870911
Always
Pos.
unit
• Incremental encoder
If it finds the home position or it is at the home position, then the position moved by the home offset
value becomes the zero position.
• Absolute encoder
If the absolute encoder is connected, then the home offset value is added to the absolute position
(the actual position value).
8-69
8. Object Dictionary
0x607D, The Software Position Limit
This sets the software limit value.
It limits the range of the position demand value (0x6062) and position actual value (0x6064)
and checks the new target positions for these ranges every time.
The software limit value is always relative to the mechanical origin.
The minimum software limit value is the reverse rotation limit. The maximum software limit
value is the forward rotation limit.
Index 0x607D
Software Position Limit
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
Type
0
2
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
–
Access
DINT
RW
Change
Unit
Always
-
Change
Unit
Min. position limit
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
–536870912
[Pos.
1
-2000000000
DINT
RW
No
to
Always
unit]
536870911
Max. position limit
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Change
Type
Unit
–536870912
[Pos.
2
2000000000
DINT
RW
No
to
Always
unit]
536870911
0x607F, Maximum Profile Velocity
This sets the maximum profile velocity in profile mode.
Index 0x607F
8-70
Max. Profile Velocity
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
2147483647
UDINT
RW
Yes
0 to
4294967295
Always
Vel.
unit
8. Object Dictionary
 0x6081, The Profile Velocity
This sets the profile velocity in profile mode.
Index 0x6081
Profile Velocity
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
10000
UDINT
RW
Yes
0 to
21474836474
Always
Vel.
unit
0x6083, Profile Acceleration
This sets the acceleration in profile mode.
Index 0x6083
Profile Acceleration
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
20000
UDINT
RW
No
0 to
21474836474
Always
Acc.
unit
0x6084, Profile Deceleration
This sets the deceleration in profile mode.
Index 0x6084
Profile Deceleration
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
20000
UDINT
RW
No
0 to
21474836474
Always
Acc.
unit
0x6085, Quick Stop Deceleration
The system uses quick stop deceleration if the quick stop option code (0x605A) is set to 2.
Index 0x6085
Quick Stop Deceleration
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
100000
UDINT
RW
No
0 to
21474836474
Always
Acc.
unit
0x6087, The Torque Slope
This sets the torque slope in profile torque mode. It adjusts the rated torque per second in
0.1% increments.
Index 0x6087
Torque Slope
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
1000
UDINT
RW
Yes
0 to
21474836474
Always
0.1%/s
8-71
8. Object Dictionary
0x6098, The Homing Method
This sets the homing method. Refer to section 5.4, "Homing."
Index 0x6098
Homing Method
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
34
SINT
RW
Yes
0 to 35
Always
-
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit

Details
Value
Details
0
Disabled
1
Homing using the index pulse and reverse limit contact
2
Homing using the index pulse and forward limit contact
7 to 14
Homing using the index pulse and home contact
24
Same as method 8 (does not use the index pulse)
28
Same as method 12 (does not use the index pulse)
33, 34
35
Homing to the index pulse
Homing to the current position
0x6099, Homing Speeds
This sets the homing speed in user-defined units.
Index 0x6099
Homing Speeds
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
0
Type
2
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
UDINT
RO
Speed during search for switch
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
0 to
1
100000
UDINT
RW
Yes
[Vel.
Always
4294967295
unit]
Speed during search for zero
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
Change
0 to
2
20000
UDINT
RW
Yes
[Vel.
Always
4294967295
Setting value equation: X = (Pulses per revolution) * Setting speed (RPM) / 60
Ex) 19bit motor 3000 [RPM]setting
8-72
19
X=2
* 3000 / 60
Unit
→
X = 26214400
unit]
8. Object Dictionary
0x609A, Homing Acceleration
This sets the homing acceleration in user-defined units.
Index 0x609A
Homing Acceleration
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
50000
UDINT
RW
No
0 to
4294967295
Always
Acc.
unit
Setting value equation: X = (Pulses per revolution) * Setting acceleration speed / 60
19
Ex) 19bit motor acceleration 3000 setting
X=2
* 3000 / 60
→
X = 26214400
0x60B1, The Velocity Offset
This sets the speed feed-forward value in Cyclic Synchronous Position (Csp) mode.
This also sets the offset value added to the speed reference in Cyclic Synchronous Position
(Csp) mode.
Index 0x60B1
Velocity Offset
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
DINT
RW
Yes
–2147483648
to
+2147483647
Always
Vel.
unit
0x60B2, The Torque Offset
This sets the torque feed-forward value in Cyclic Synchronous Position (Csp) mode and
Cyclic Synchronous Velocity (Csv) mode. It also sets the offset value added to the torque
reference.
Index 0x60B2
Torque Offset
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
INT
RW
Yes
–32768 to
+32767
Always
[0.1%]
0x60B8, The Touch Probe Function
This sets the touch probe function.
Index 0x60B8
Touch Probe Function
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
51
UINT
RW
Yes
0 to
0xFFFF
Always
-
8-73
8. Object Dictionary

Data Description
Bit
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6 to 7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14 to 15
Definition
0
Do not use touch probe 1.
1
Use touch probe 1.
0
Single trigger mode (latch at the first trigger event of the touch probe)
1
Continuous trigger mode (latch at the trigger event for each position
of the touch probe)
0
Trigger the input of touch probe 1.
1
Trigger the index pulse signal.
–
Reserved
0
Do not use sampling for the rising edge of touch probe 1.
1
Use sampling for the rising edge of touch probe 1.
0
Do not use sampling for the falling edge of touch probe 1.
1
Use sampling for the falling edge of touch probe 1.
–
Reserved
0
Do not use touch probe 2.
1
Use touch probe 2.
0
Single trigger mode (latch at the first trigger event of the touch probe)
1
Continuous trigger mode (latch at the trigger event for each position
of the touch probe)
0
Trigger the input of touch probe 2.
1
Trigger the index pulse signal.
–
Reserved
0
Do not use sampling for the rising edge of touch probe 2.
1
Use sampling for the rising edge of touch probe 2.
0
Do not use sampling for the rising edge of touch probe 2.
1
Use sampling for the rising edge of touch probe 2.
–
Reserved
0x60B9, The Touch Probe Status
This displays the status of the touch probe.
Index 0x60B8

Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UINT
RO
Yes
–
-
-
Data Description
Bit
0
1
2
8-74
Touch Probe Status
Value
Definition
0
Do not use touch probe 1.
1
Use touch probe 1.
0
Do not store the position value of the rising edge of touch probe 1.
1
Store the position value of the rising edge of touch probe 1.
0
Do not store the position value for the falling edge of touch probe 1.
8. Object Dictionary
Bit
Value
Definition
1
Store the position value for the falling edge of touch probe 1.
3 to 5
–
Reserved
6
0, 1
Toggle whether to store all update values for the rising edge of touch
probe 1.
7
0, 1
Toggle whether to store all update values for the falling edge of touch
probe 1.
8
9
10
11 to 13
0
Do not use touch probe 2.
1
Use touch probe 2.
0
Do not store the position value for the falling edge of touch probe 2.
1
Store the position value for the falling edge of touch probe 2.
0
Do not store the position value for the falling edge of touch probe 2.
1
Store the position value for the falling edge of touch probe 2.
–
Reserved
Toggle whether to store all update values for the rising edge of touch
probe 2.
14
15
Toggle whether to store all update values for the rising edge of touch
probe 2.
1
In continuous trigger mode, you can toggle whether to save all update values for 6, 7, 14 and
15 bits on the rising/falling edge of the touch probe.
To disable bits 1, 2, 9 and 10 (saving the position values on the rising/falling edges of touch
probes 1 and 2) of the touch probe state (0x60B9), disable bits 4, 5, 12 and 13 (using
sampling on the rising/falling edges of touch probes 1 and 2) of the touch probe function
(0x60B8) and enable them.
0x60BA, The Touch Probe 1 Positive Edge Position Value
This displays the rising edge position value of touch probe 2.
Index 0x60BA
Touch Probe 1 Positive Edge Position Value
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
DINT
RO
Yes
–
-
Pos.
unit
0x60BB, The Touch Probe 1 Negative Edge Position Value
This displays the falling edge position value of touch probe 1.
Index 0x60BB
Touch Probe 1 Negative Edge Position Value
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
DINT
RO
Yes
–
-
Pos.
unit
8-75
8. Object Dictionary
0x60BC, The Touch Probe 2 Positive Edge Position Value
This displays the rising edge position value of touch probe 2.
Index 0x60BC
Touch Probe 2 Positive Edge Position Value
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
DINT
RO
Yes
–
-
Pos.
unit
0x60BD, The Touch Probe 2 Negative Edge Position Value
This displays the falling edge position value of touch probe 2.
Index 0x60BD
Touch Probe 2 Negative Edge Position Value
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
DINT
RO
Yes
–
-
Pos.
unit
0x60C1, The Interpolation Data Record
This records the interpolation data in Interpolated Position (Ip) mode.
Index 0x60C1
Interpolation Data Record
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
0
Type
1
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
USINT
RW
Change
Unit
-
-
Interpolation data record
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
PDO
Access
Type
Setting Range
Change
Unit
Mapping
–2147483648
[Pos.
1
0
DINT
RW
Yes
to
Always
unit]
+2147483647
8-76
8. Object Dictionary
0x60C2, The Interpolation Time Period
This sets the update interval for the interpolated position.
In the DC Sync0 mode, the interpolation time period is automatically set to the Sync0 cycle
time.
In the DC Free-run mode, the interpolation time period is set to the application cycle time of
the master.
The interpolation time period can be changed in a Switch on Disabled state.
Index 0x60C2
Interpolation time period
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
0
Type
2
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
-
Access
USINT
RO
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
Always
-
Change
Unit
Always
-
Interpolation time period
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
1
Type
1
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
1 to 250
Access
USINT
RW
Interpolation time index
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
2
Type
-3
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
No
–6 to –3
Access
SINT
RW
0x60E0, The Positive Torque Limit Value
This sets the torque limit value for forward driving in 0.1% increments of the rated torque.
Index 0x60E0
Positive Torque Limit Value
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
3000
UINT
RW
Yes
0 to 65535
Always
[0.1%]
0x60E1, The Negative Torque Limit Value
This sets the torque limit value for reverse driving in 0.1% increments of the rated torque.
Index 0x60E1
Negative Torque Limit Value
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
3000
UINT
RW
Yes
0 to 65535
Always
[0.1%]
8-77
8. Object Dictionary
 0x60F4, The Following Error Actual Value
The following error actual value appears if a following error occurs.
Index 0x60F4
Following Error Actual Value
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
DINT
RO
Yes
-
-
Pos.
unit
0x60FC, The Position Demand Internal Value
This displays the values output by the trajectory generator in position mode. These values
appear as encoder increments.
Index 0x60FC
Position Demand Internal Value
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
DINT
RO
Yes
-
-
Pulse
0x60FD, The Digital Input
This indicates the digital input state of the XDL-L7N's CN1.
Index 0x60FD

8-78
Digital Inputs
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
UDINT
RO
Yes
–
-
-
Details
Bit
Input
Details
0
N-OT: The reverse limit
switch
0: Off, 1: On
1
P-OT: The forward limit
switch
0: Off 1: On
2
Home switch
0: Off, 1: On
3 to 15
–
16
DI#1:CN1-13pin
0: Switched off (Open), 1: Switched on (Close)
17
DI#2:CN1-14pin
0: Switched off (Open), 1: Switched on (Close)
18
DI#3:CN1-12pin
0: Switched off (Open), 1: Switched on (Close)
19
DI#4:CN1-11pin
0: Switched off (Open), 1: Switched on (Close)
20
DI#5:CN1-08pin
0: Switched off (Open), 1: Switched on (Close)
21
DI#6:CN1-07pin
0: Switched off (Open), 1: Switched on (Close)
22
HWBB
23 to 31
–
Reserved
Hardwired base block signal input (0: Open, 1: Close)
Reserved
8. Object Dictionary
0x60FE, The Digital Output
This indicates the digital output state of the XDL-L7N's CN1.
Sub-Index 1 controls the actual output state.
Sub-Index 2 defines the logic of the Sub-Index 1 activated.
Index 0x60FE
Digital Outputs
Number of entries
Sub
Data
Initial value
Index
0
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Type
2
UDINT
RW
No
Change
Unit
-
-
Change
Unit
Always
-
Change
Unit
Always
-
Physical outputs
Sub
Data
Initial value
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Index
Type
0 to
1
0
UDINT
RW
Yes
0xFFFFFFF
F
Bit mask
Sub
Data
Initial value
PDO
Setting
Mapping
Range
Access
Index
Type
0 to
2
0
UDINT
RW
No
0xFFFFFFF
F

Description of physical outputs
Bit
Output
Details
0 to 15
–
16
DO#1:CN1 03-04 pin
Forced output (0: off, 1: on). Provided that 0x60FE:02.16 is
set to 1.
17
DO#2:CN1 23-24 pin
Forced output (0: off, 1: on). Provided that 0x60FE:02.17 is
set to 1.
18
DO#3:CN1 25-26 pin
Forced output (0: off, 1: on). Provided that 0x60FE:02.18 is
set to 1.
19
DO#4:CN1 01-02 pin
Forced output (0: off, 1: on). Provided that 0x60FE:02.19 is
set to 1.
Reserved
20 to 23
–
24
DO#1:CN1 03-04 pin
Hardware output state (0: off, 1: on).
Reserved
25
DO#2:CN1 23-24 pin
Hardware output state (0: off, 1: on).
26
DO#3:CN1 25-26 pin
Hardware output state (0: off, 1: on).
27
DO#4:CN1 01-02 pin
Hardware output state (0: off, 1: on).
28 to 31
–
Reserved
8-79
8. Object Dictionary

Description of the output mask
Bit
Output
Details
0 to 15
–
16
DO#1:CN1 03-04 pin
DO#1 Forced output enabled
17
DO#2:CN1 23-24 pin
DO#2 Forced output enabled
18
DO#3:CN1 25-26 pin
DO#3 Forced output enabled
19
DO#4:CN1 01-02 pin
DO#4 Forced output enabled
20 to 31
–
Reserved
Reserved
0x60FF, The Target Velocity
This sets the target velocity in user-defined units [Vel. unit] in Profile Velocity (Pv) mode and
Cyclic Synchronous Velocity (Csv) mode.
Index 0x60FF
Target Velocity
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
0
DINT
RW
Yes
–2147483648
to
+2147483647
Always
Vel.
unit
0x6502, Supported Drive Modes
This displays the drive modes that the XDL-L7N supports.
Index 0x6502

8-80
Supported Drive Modes
Sub
Index
Initial value
Data
Type
Access
PDO
Mapping
Setting
Range
Change
Unit
0
1005
UDINT
RO
No
-
-
-
Details
Bit
Supported modes
Details
0
Pp (Profile Position mode)
1: Supported
1
Vl (Velocity mode)
0: Not supported
2
Pv (Profile Velocity mode)
1: Supported
3
Tq (Profile Torque mode)
1: Supported
4
Reserved
0
5
Hm (Homing mode)
1: Supported
6
Ip (Interpolated Position mode)
1: Supported
7
Csp (Cyclic Sync Position mode)
1: Supported
8
Csv (Cyclic Sync Velocity mode)
1: Supported
9
Cst (Cyclic Sync Torque mode)
1: Supported
10 to 31
Reserved
0
9. Handling and Operation
9.
Handling and Operation
9.1
Operation Checklist
Thoroughly check the following items during the test drive to prevent injuries or damage to
the servo motor.
9.1.1 Wiring Checklist
1. Is the voltage (AC 200 V) appropriate for the power input terminals?
2. Are the power cables (U, V, W, and FG) between the drive and the motor connected correctly?
3. Is the voltage (24 V) connected to the control signal correctly?
4. Is the regenerative resistance appropriate for the capacity and correctly connected?
5. Are the wiring cables free from bends or kinks?
6. Is the ground and wire insulation free from defects?
9.1.2 Drive Signal (CN1) Wiring Checklist
Confirm that the wire and contacts for the drive signals are in the state listed on the following
table.
Pin Number
Pin Name
State of
Contact
Pin Number
Pin Name
State of
Contact
16
PCON
Off
14
HOME
On
17
GAIN2
Off
8
P-OT
On
15
ALMRST
Off
7
N-OT
On
The previous table lists the factory default settings. You can allocate different values
according to the setting value of the input signal allocations ([0x2200] and [0x2201]) and
input signal logic definition ([0x2204]).
9.1.3 Surrounding Environment Checklist
Are there any metal filings or water around the wires?
9.1.4 Machine Status Checklist
1. Is the servo motor coupling in good condition?
2. Are the locking bolts fastened tightly?
3. Are there any obstacles that may prohibit operation of the machine?
9-1
10. Product Specifications
10.
Product Specifications
10.1 The Servo Motor
■ Heat Sink specification
Classification
Standard (mm)
AP04
250x250x6
AP06
250x250x6
AP08
250x250x12
AP13
350x350x20
AP18
550x550x30
AP22
650x650x35
Classification
Aluminum
Note 1) The data on the product features is measured when those heat sinks were applied.
10-1
10. Product Specifications
10.1.1 Product Features
10.1.2
Servo Motor Type (XML-
)
SAR3A
Applicable Drive (L7□A□□)
Rated output
Rated torque
SAR5A
SA01A
SA015A
L7□A002
L7□A001
[kW]
0.03
0.05
0.10
0.15
[N⋅m]
0.10
0.16
0.32
0.48
[kgf⋅cm]
0.97
1.62
3.25
4.87
Maximum
instantaneous
torque
[N⋅m]
0.29
0.48
0.96
1.43
[kgf⋅cm]
2.92
4.87
9.74
14.62
Rated current
[A]
1.07
1.20
1.38
1.73
Maximum current
[A]
3.21
3.60
4.14
5.19
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
3000
Maximum rotation
speed
[r/min]
5000
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
0.0164
0.02
0.05
0.06
[gf⋅cm⋅s2]
0.0167
0.02
0.05
0.07
Inertia moment
Allowed load inertia
Motor inertia x 30
Rated power rate
[kW/s]
Speed and position
detector
Standard
Quad. Type Incremental 2048[P/R]
Option
Serial Type(coming soon)
Protection
method
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP55(excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0~40[°C]
Ambient
humidity
20~80[%]RH (no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Specifications and
features
5.56
Anti-vibration
Weight
[kg]
10.55
Motor inertia x 20
23.78
35.34
Vibration acceleration of 49[m/s2](5G)
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
♦Rotation Speed - Torque Characteristics♦
XML-SAR3A
XML-SAR5A
XML-SA01A
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
10-2
10. Product Specifications
XML-SAR015A
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
■ Product Features
Servo Drive Type (XML-
)
SB01A
Applicable Drive (L7□A□□)
Rated output
Rated torque
SB02A
L7□A002
SB04A
L7□A004
[kW]
0.10
0.20
0.40
[N⋅m]
0.32
0.64
1.27
[kgf⋅cm]
3.25
6.49
12.99
Maximum
instantaneous
torque
[N⋅m]
0.96
1.91
3.82
[kgf⋅cm]
9.74
19.48
38.96
Rated current
[A]
1.65
1.63
2.89
Maximum current
[A]
4.95
4.89
8.67
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
3000
Maximum rotation
speed
[r/min]
5000
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
0.11
0.18
0.32
[gf⋅cm⋅s2]
0.12
0.19
0.33
Inertia moment
Allowed load inertia
Motor inertia x 20
Rated power rate
[kW/s]
Speed and
position detector
Standard
Quad. Type Incremental 3000[P/R]
Option
Serial Type 19[Bit]
Protection
method
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP65(excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0~40[°C]
Ambient
humidity
20~80[%]RH (no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Anti-vibration
Vibration acceleration 49[m/s2](5G)
Specifications and
features
Weight
[kg]
8.89
0.8
22.26
1.1
50.49
1.6
♦Rotation speed – Torque Characteristics♦
10-3
10. Product Specifications
XML-SB01A
XML-SB02A
XML-SB04A
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
■ Product Features
Servo Motor Type (XML-
)
Applicable drive (L7□A□□)
Rated output
Rated torque
SC04A
SC06A
L7□A004
SC08A
L7□A008
SC10A
L7□A010
[kW]
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
[N⋅m]
1.27
1.91
2.55
3.19
[kgf⋅cm]
12.99
19.49
25.98
32.48
Maximum
instantaneous
torque
[N⋅m]
3.82
5.73
7.64
9.56
[kgf⋅cm]
38.96
58.47
77.95
97.43
Rated current
[A]
2.82
3.58
4.83
5.37
Maximum current
[A]
8.46
10.74
14.49
16.11
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
3000
Maximum rotation
speed
[r/min]
5000
Inertia moment
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
0.67
1.09
1.51
1.93
[gf⋅cm⋅s2]
0.69
1.11
1.54
1.97
Allowed load inertia
Motor inertia x 15
Rated power rate
[kW/s]
Speed and
position detector
Standard
Quadrature Type Incremental 3000[P/R]
Option
Serial Type 19[bit]
Protection
method
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP65(excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0~40[°C]
Ambient
humidity
20~80[%]RH (no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Anti-vibration
Vibration acceleration 49[m/s2](5G)
Specifications
and features
Weight
[kg]
24.05
1.9
33.39
2.5
43.02
3.2
♦Rotation Speed - Torque Characteristics♦
10-4
52.57
3.8
10. Product Specifications
XML-SC04A
XML-SC08A
XML-SC06A
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
XML-SC10A
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
■ Product Features
Servo Motor Type (XML- )
SC03D
Applicable Drive (L7□A□□)
L7□A004
Rated Output
Rated torque
Instantaneous
maximum torque
SC05D
SC06D
SC07D
L7□A008
[kW]
0.30
0.45
0.55
0.65
[N⋅m]
1.43
2.15
2.63
3.10
[kgf⋅cm]
14.61
21.92
26.79
31.66
[N⋅m]
4.30
6.45
7.88
9.31
[kgf⋅cm]
43.84
65.77
80.38
94.99
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
2000
Maximum rotation
speed
[r/min]
3000
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
0.67
1.09
1.51
1.93
[gf⋅cm⋅s2]
0.69
1.11
1.54
1.97
Inertia moment
Allowable load inertia
Motor inertia x 15
Rated power rate
[kW/s]
Speed and
position detector
Standard
Quadrature Type Incremental 2500[P/R]
Option
Serial Type 19[bit]
Method of
protection
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP65 (excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0-40 [°C]
Ambient
humidity
20-80[%] RH (no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Antivibration
Vibration acceleration 49 [m/s2] (5G)
Specifications
and features
Weight
[kg]
30.43
1.9
42.27
2.5
45.69
3.2
47.97
3.9
10-5
10. Product Specifications
♦Rotation Speed - Torque Characteristics♦
XML-SC03D
XML-SC05D
XML-SC06D
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
XML-SC07D
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
■ Product Features
Servo Motor Type (XML-
)
Applicable drive (L7□A□□)
Rated output
Rated torque
SE09A
SE15A
L7□A008
SE22A
L7□A020
SE30A
SE06D
SE11D
L7□A035
L7□A008
L7□A010
[kW]
0.9
1.5
2.2
3.0
0.6
1.1
[N⋅m]
2.86
4.77
7.00
9.55
2.86
5.25
[kgf⋅cm]
29.23
48.72
71.45
97.43
29.23
53.59
Maximum
instantaneous
torque
[N⋅m]
8.59
14.32
21.01
28.64
8.59
15.75
[kgf⋅cm]
87.69
146.15
214.35
292.29
87.69
160.76
Rated current
[A]
4.95
8.23
11.98
17.16
3.97
6.28
Maximum current
[A]
14.85
24.69
35.94
51.48
11.91
18.84
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
3000
2000
Maximum rotation
speed
[r/min]
5000
3000
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
6.66
12.00
17.34
22.68
6.66
12.00
[gf⋅cm⋅s2]
6.80
12.24
17.69
23.14
6.80
12.24
12.32
18.99
28.28
12.32
22.98
Inertia moment
Allowed load inertia
Motor inertia x 10
Rated power rate
[kW/s]
Speed and
position detector
Standard
Quadrature Type Incremental 3000[P/R]
Option
Serial Type 19[bit]
Protection
method
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP65(excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0~40[°C]
Ambient
humidity
20~80[%]RH(no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Anti-vibration
Vibration acceleration 49[m/s2](5G)
Specifications
and features
10-6
40.20
10. Product Specifications
Weight
[kg]
5.5
7.5
9.7
11.8
5.5
7.5
♦ Rotation speed – Torque Characteristics ♦
XML-SE22A
XML-SE15A
XML-SE09A
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
XML-SE30A
XML-SE06D
XML-SE11D
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
■ Product Features
Servo Motor Type (XML-
)
SE16D
L7□A020
Rated torque
SE03M
SE06M
SE09M
SE12M
L7□A004
L7□A008
L7□A010
L7□A020
[kW]
1.6
2.2
0.3
0.6
0.9
1.2
[N⋅m]
7.64
10.50
2.86
5.73
8.59
11.46
[kgf⋅cm]
77.94
107.17
29.23
58.46
87.69
116.92
Applicable drive (L7□A□□)
Rated output
SE22D
Maximum
instantaneous
torque
[N⋅m]
22.92
31.51
8.59
17.19
25.78
34.37
[kgf⋅cm]
233.83
321.52
87.69
175.30
263.06
350.75
Rated current
[A]
9.23
12.37
2.51
4.15
5.78
7.63
Maximum current
[A]
27.69
37.11
7.53
12.45
17.34
22.89
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
2000
1000
Maximum rotation
speed
[r/min]
3000
2000
Inertia moment
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
17.34
22.68
6.66
12.00
17.34
22.68
[gf⋅cm⋅s2]
17.69
23.14
6.80
12.24
17.69
23.14
42.59
57.89
Allowed load inertia
Motor inertia x 10
Rated power rate
[kW/s]
Speed and
position detector
Standard
Quadrature Type Incremental 3000[P/R]
Option
Serial Type 19[bit]
Protection
Method
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP65(excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0~40[°C]
Ambient
humidity
20~80[%]RH(no condensation)
Specifications
and features
33.65
48.64
12.32
27.35
10-7
10. Product Specifications
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Anti-vibration
Vibration acceleration 49[m/s2](5G)
Weight
[kg]
9.7
11.8
5.5
7.5
9.7
11.8
♦ Rotation speed – Torque Characteristics ♦
XML-SE16D
XML-SE22D
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
XML-SE03M
XML-SE12M
XML-SE09M
XML-SE06M
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Product Features
SE05G
SE09G
L7□A008
L7□A010
[kW]
0.45
0.85
1.3
[N⋅m]
2.86
5.41
[kgf⋅cm]
29.23
Servo Motor Type (XML-
)
Applicable drive (L7□A□□)
Rated output
Rated torque
SE13G
SE17G
SF30A
SF50A
L7□A035
L7□A050
1.7
3.0
5.0
8.28
10.82
9.55
15.91
55.21
84.44
110.42
97.43
162.38
L7□A020
Maximum
instantaneous
torque
[N⋅m]
8.59
16.23
24.83
32.46
28.64
47.74
[kgf⋅cm]
87.69
165.63
253.32
331.26
292.29
487.15
Rated current
[A]
3.97
6.47
10.00
12.75
16.70
27.40
Maximum current
[A]
11.91
19.41
30.00
38.25
50.1
82.20
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
1500
3000
Maximum rotation
speed
[r/min]
3000
5000
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
6.66
12.00
17.34
22.68
30.74
52.13
[gf⋅cm⋅s2]
6.80
12.24
17.69
23.14
31.37
53.19
Inertia moment
Allowed load inertia
Motor inertia x 10
Rated power rate
[kW/s]
Speed and
position detector
Standard
Quadrature Type Incremental 3000[P/R]
Option
Serial Type 19[bit]
Protection
method
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP65(excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Specifications
and features
10-8
12.32
24.40
39.49
Motor inertia x 5
51.63
29.66
48.58
10. Product Specifications
Ambient
temperature
0~40[°C]
Ambient
humidity
20~80[%]RH(no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Anti-vibration
Vibration acceleration 49[m/s2](5G)
Weight
[kg]
5.5
7.5
9.7
11.8
12.4
17.7
♦ Rotation speed – Torque Characteristics ♦
XML-SE05G
XML-SE09G
Repeatedly used area
XML-SE13G
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
XML-SE17G
XML-SF30A
Continuously used area
XML-SF50A
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
■ Product Features
Servo Motor Type (XML-
)
SF22D
LF35D
SF55D
L7□A020
L7□A035
L7□A050
[kW]
2.2
3.5
5.5
1.8
2.9
4.4
[N⋅m]
10.50
16.71
26.26
11.46
18.46
28.01
[kgf⋅cm]
107.17
170.50
267.93
116.92
188.37
285.80
Applicable drive (L7□A□□)
Rated output
Rated torque
SF20G
LF30G
L7□A035
SF44G
L7□A050
Maximum
instantaneous
torque
[N⋅m]
31.51
50.13
78.77
34.37
55.38
84.02
[kgf⋅cm]
321.52
511.51
803.80
350.75
565.10
857.39
Rated current
[A]
13.50
15.85
30.25
14.7
15.92
31.75
Maximum current
[A]
40.50
47.55
90.75
44.1
47.64
95.25
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
2000
Maximum rotation
speed
[r/min]
3000
1500
3000
2700
3000
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
30.74
52.13
85.31
30.74
52.13
83.60
[gf⋅cm⋅s2]
31.35
53.16
83.60
31.37
53.19
85.31
65.37
93.83
Inertia moment
Allowed load inertia
Motor inertia x 5
Rated power rate
[kW/s]
35.88
53.56
82.47
42.71
Speed and
position detector
Standard
Quadrature Type Incremental 3000[P/R]
Option
Serial Type 19[bit]
10-9
10. Product Specifications
Specifications
and features
Protection
method
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP65(excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0~40[°C]
Ambient
humidity
20~80[%]RH(no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Anti-vibration
Vibration acceleration 49[m/s2](5G)
Weight
[kg]
12.4
17.7
26.3
12.4
17.7
♦ Rotation speed – Torque Characteristics ♦
XML-LF35D
XML-SF22D
XML-SF55D
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
XML-SF20G
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
XML-LF30G
XML-SF44G
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
■ Product Features
Servo Motor Type (XML-
)
Applicable drive (L7□A□□)
Rated output
Rated torque
SF12M
SF20M
L7□A020
LF30M
L7□A035
SF44M
L7□A050
[kW]
1.2
2.0
3.0
4.4
[N⋅m]
11.46
19.10
28.64
42.01
[kgf⋅cm]
116.92
194.86
292.29
428.69
Maximum
instantaneous
torque
[N⋅m]
34.37
57.29
85.93
126.04
[kgf⋅cm]
350.75
584.58
876.88
1286.08
Rated current
[A]
8.40
14.40
15.99
31.24
Maximum current
[A]
25.2
43.2
47.97
93.72
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
Maximum
rotation speed
[r/min]
1700
2000
2000
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
30.74
52.13
83.60
121.35
[gf⋅cm⋅s2]
31.37
53.19
85.31
123.83
Inertia moment
10-10
1000
26.3
10. Product Specifications
Allowed load inertia
Motor inertia x 5
Rated power rate
[kW/s]
Speed and
position detector
Standard
Quadrature Type Incremental 3000[P/R]
Option
Serial Type 19[bit]
Protection
method
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP65(excluding axis
penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0~40[°C]
Ambient
humidity
20~80[%]RH(no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Anti-vibration
Vibration acceleration 49[m/s2](5G)
Specifications
and features
Weight
42.71
[kg]
12.4
69.95
98.15
17.7
26.3
145.45
35.6
♦ Rotation Speed - Torque Characteristics ♦
XML-SF12M
XML-SF20M
XML-LF30M
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
XML-SF44M
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
■ Product Features
SG20G
LG30G
SG44G
SG22D
LG35D
SG55D
L7□A020
L7□A035
L7□A050
L7□A020
L7□A035
L7□A050
1.8
1.8
2.9
4.4
2.2
3.5
5.5
11.46
11.46
18.46
28.01
10.50
16.71
26.26
116.92
116.92
188.37
285.80
107.20
170.52
267.9
Servo Motor Type (XMLApplicable drive (L7□A□□)
Rated output
Rated torque
)
Maximum
instantaneous
torque
34.47
34.47
55.38
84.02
31.51
50.13
78.77
350.80
350.80
565.10
857.39
321.52
511.51
803.8
Rated current
[A]
13.10
16.19
31.50
12.30
16.05
30.25
Maximum current
[A]
39.3
48.57
94.5
36.9
48.15
90.75
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
1500
2000
10-11
10. Product Specifications
Maximum
rotation speed
[r/min]
3000
2700
3000
3000
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
51.42
80.35
132.41
51.42
80.35
135.11
[gf⋅cm⋅s2]
52.47
81.99
135.11
52.47
81.99
132.41
34.75
52.07
Inertia moment
Allowed load inertia
Rated power rate
Speed and
position detector
Specifications
and features
Motor inertia x 5
[kW/s]
25.53
42.41
59.24
21.45
Standard
Quadrature Type Incremental 3000[P/R]
Option
Serial Type 19[bit]
Protection
method
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP65(excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0~40[°C]
Ambient
humidity
20~80[%]RH(no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Anti-vibration
Vibration acceleration 49[m/s2](5G)
Weight
[kg]
17.0
22.0
30.8
17.0
22.0
30.8
♦ Rotation Speed - Torque Characteristics ♦
XML-SG20G
XML-SG44G
XML-LG30G
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
XML-SG22D
Continuously used area
XML-SG55D
XML-LG35D
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
■ Product Features
Servo Motor Type (XMLApplicable Drive (L7□A□□)
Rated output
Rated torque
)
SG12M
SG20M
L7□A020
LG30M
L7□A035
SG44M
L7□A050
[kW]
1.2
2.0
3.0
4.4
[N⋅m]
11.46
19.10
28.64
42.01
[kgf⋅cm]
116.92
194.86
292.29
428.69
57.29
85.93
126.04
Maximum
instantaneous
torque
[N⋅m]
34.37
[kgf⋅cm]
350.75
584.58
876.88
1286.08
Rated current
[A]
8.87
15.02
16.04
31.83
10-12
10. Product Specifications
Maximum
current
[A]
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
Maximum
rotation speed
[r/min]
26.61
45.06
Specifications
and features
1700
2000
1000
2000
51.42
80.35
132.41
172.91
[gf⋅cm⋅s2]
52.47
81.99
135.11
176.44
Allowed load inertia
Speed and
position detector
95.49
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
Inertia moment
Rated power
rate
48.12
[kW/s]
Motor inertia x 5
25.53
45.39
61.97
102.08
Standard
Quadrature Type Incremental 3000[P/R]
Option
Serial Type 19[bit]
Protection
method
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP65(excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0~40[°C]
Ambient
humidity
20~80[%]RH(no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Anti-vibration
Vibration acceleration 49[m/s2](5G)
Weight
[kg]
17.0
22.0
30.8
37.5
17.0
22.0
♦ Rotation Speed - Torque Characteristics ♦
XML-LG30M
XML-SG20M
XML-SG12M
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
XML-SG44M
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
■ Product Features
Servo Motor Type (XML- )
HB01A
L7□A002A
Rated torque
HB04A
HE09A
HE15A
L7□A004A
L7□A008A
L7□A020A
[kW]
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.9
1.5
[N⋅m]
0.32
0.64
1.27
2.86
4.77
[kgf⋅cm]
3.25
6.49
12.99
29.23
48.72
Applicable Drive (L7□A□□)
Rated Output
HB02A
10-13
10. Product Specifications
Instantaneous
maximum torque
[N⋅m]
0.96
1.91
3.82
8.59
14.32
[kgf⋅cm]
9.74
19.48
38.96
87.69
146.15
Rated current
[A]
1.65
1.63
2.89
4.95
8.23
Maximum current
[A]
4.95
4.89
8.67
14.85
24.69
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
3000
Maximum
rotation speed
[r/min]
3500
Inertia moment
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
0.27
0.333
0.46
19.56
22.27
[gf⋅cm⋅s2]
0.274
0.34
0.47
19.96
22.72
Allowable load inertia
Rated power rate
[kW/s]
Speed and
position detector
Standard
Specifications
and features
Motor inertia x 20
3.34
11.98
34.47
4.10
Quadrature Type Incremental 1024P/R
10.01
2048 P/R
Option
x
Method of
protection
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP65 (excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0-40 [°C]
Ambient
humidity
20-80[%] RH (no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Anti-vibration
Weight
Motor inertia x 10
[kg]
Vibration acceleration 49 [m/s2] (5G)
0.9
1.2
1.7
5.8
7.4
♦Rotation Speed - Torque Characteristics♦
XML-HB04A
XML-HB02A
XML-HB01A
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
XML-HE15A
XML-HE09A
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
■ Product Features
Servo Motor Type (XML- )
FB01A
FB02A
Applicable Drive (L7□A□□)
L7□A001
L7□A002
0.10
0.20
Rated Output
10-14
[kW]
FB04A
FC04A
L7□A004
0.40
FC06A
L7□A008
0.40
0.60
10. Product Specifications
[N⋅m]
0.32
0.64
1.27
1.27
1.91
[kgf⋅cm]
3.25
6.50
12.99
13.00
19.50
[N⋅m]
0.96
1.91
3.82
3.82
5.73
[kgf⋅cm]
9.74
19.49
38.98
38.98
58.47
Rated current
[A]
0.95
1.45
2.60
2.58
3.81
Maximum current
[A]
2.86
4.35
7.79
7.75
11.42
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
3000
Maximum
rotation speed
[r/min]
5000
Rated torque
Instantaneous
maximum torque
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
0.09
0.15
0.25
0.50
0.88
0.09
0.15
0.25
0.51
0.89
Inertia moment
2
[gf⋅cm⋅s ]
Allowable load inertia
Motor inertia x 20
27.95
65.90
32.62
41.69
Rated power rate
[kW/s]
Speed and
position detector
Standard
Serial Type 19[bit]
Option
X
Method of
protection
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP65 (excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0-40 [°C]
Specifications
and features
11.38
Motor inertia x 10
Ambient humidity
20-80[%] RH (no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Anti-vibration
Vibration acceleration 49 [m/s2] (5G)
Weight
[kg]
0.7
0.9
1.3
1.6
2.2
♦ Rotation Speed - Torque Characteristics ♦
XML-FB01A
XML-FB02A
XML-FB04A
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
XML-FC04A
XML-FC06A
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
10-15
10. Product Specifications
■ Product Features
Servo Motor Type (XML-
)
Applicable Drive (L7□A□□)
Rated Output
[kW]
FC08A
FC10A
FC03D
L7□A008
L7□A010
L7□A004
0.75
1.00
0.30
FC05D
FC06D
FC07D
L7□A008
0.45
0.55
0.65
[N⋅m]
2.39
3.18
1.43
2.15
2.60
3.10
[kgf⋅cm]
24.36
32.50
14.60
21.90
26.80
31.70
Rated torque
Instantaneous
maximum torque
[N⋅m]
7.16
9.55
4.30
6.45
7.88
9.31
[kgf⋅cm]
73.08
97.44
43.80
65.80
80.40
95.00
Rated current
[A]
5.02
6.70
2.50
3.05
3.06
3.83
Maximum current
[A]
15.07
20.09
7.51
9.16
9.18
11.50
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
Maximum
rotation speed
[r/min]
Inertia moment
3000
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
2
[gf⋅cm⋅s ]
2000
5000
4500
3000
1.25
1.62
0.50
0.88
1.25
1.62
1.27
1.65
0.51
0.89
1.27
1.65
45.78
62.74
41.28
55.39
59.64
Allowable load inertia
Motor inertia x 5
Rated power rate
[kW/s]
Speed and
position detector
Standard
x
Option
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP65 (excluding axis penetration)
Method of
protection
Continuous
Time rating
0-40 [°C]
Ambient
temperature
20-80[%] RH (no condensation)
Ambient humidity
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Atmosphere
Vibration acceleration 49 [m/s2] (5G)
Specifications
and features
Anti-vibration
Weight
[kg]
52.76
x
2.7
3.8
1.6
2.2
2.7
♦ Rotation Speed - Torque Characteristics ♦
XML-FC08A
XML-FC03D
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
XML-FC05D
10-16
XML-FC10A
XML-FC06D
XML-FC07D
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
3.8
10. Product Specifications
■ Product Features
Servo Motor Type (XML-
)
Applicable Drive (L7□A□□)
Rated output
Rated torque
FE09A
FE15A
FE22A
FE30A
FE06D
FE11D
L7□A010
L7□A020
L7□A035
L7□A035
L7□A008
L7□A010
[kW]
0.9
1.5
2.2
3.0
0.6
1.1
[N⋅m]
2.86
4.77
7.00
9.55
2.86
5.25
[kgf⋅cm]
29.20
48.70
71.40
97.40
29.2 0
53.60
Maximum
instantaneous
torque
[N⋅m]
8.59
14.32
21.01
28.65
8.59
15.75
[kgf⋅cm]
87.70
146.10
214.30
292.20
87.70
160.70
Rated current
[A]
6.45
9.15
13.24
16.09
4.56
6.47
Maximum current
[A]
19.35
27.45
39.72
48.27
13.68
19.41
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
3000
2000
Maximum rotation
speed
[r/min]
5000
3000
Inertia moment
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
5.66
10.18
14.62
19.04
5.66
10.18
[gf⋅cm⋅s2]
5.77
10.39
14.92
19.43
5.77
10.39
14.49
27.08
Allowable load inertia
Motor inertia x 10
Rated power rate
[kW/s]
Speed and
position detector
Standard
Serial Type 19 [bit]
Specifications
and features
Weight
14.47
22.38
33.59
47.85
Option
X
Protection
method
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP65(excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0~40[°C]
Ambient
humidity
20~80[%]RH(no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Anti-vibration
Vibration acceleration 49[m/s2](5G)
[kg]
5.0
6.7
8.5
10.1
5.0
6.7
♦ Rotation speed – Torque Characteristics ♦
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
10-17
10. Product Specifications
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
■ Product Features
FE16D
FE22D
FE03M
FE06M
FE09M
FE12M
L7□A020
L7□A035
L7□A004
L7□A008
L7□A010
L7□A020
[kW]
1.6
2.2
0.3
0.6
0.9
1.2
[N⋅m]
7.63
10.5
2.86
5.72
8.59
11.46
[kgf⋅cm]
77.90
107.10
29.22
58.4
87.7
116.9
Servo Motor Type (XML-
)
Applicable Drive (L7□A□□)
Rated output
Rated torque
Maximum
instantaneous
torque
[N⋅m]
22.92
31.51
8.59
17.18
25.77
34.22
[kgf⋅cm]
233.80
321.40
87.66
175.3
262.9
349.1
Rated current
[A]
10.98
12.97
2.73
4.56
6.18
10.67
Maximum current
[A]
32.94
38.91
8.19
13.68
18.54
32.01
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
2000
1000
Maximum rotation
speed
[r/min]
3000
2000
Inertia moment
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
14.62
19.04
5.66
10.18
14.62
19.04
[gf⋅cm⋅s2]
14.92
19.43
5.77
10.39
14.92
19.43
50.48
68.91
Allowable load inertia
Motor inertia x 10
Rated power rate
[kW/s]
Speed and
position detector
Standard
Serial Type 19 [bit]
Option
X
Protection
method
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP65(excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0~40[°C]
Ambient
humidity
20~80[%]RH(no condensation_
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Anti-vibration
Vibration acceleration 49[m/s2](5G)
Specifications
and features
Weight
[kg]
39.89
8.5
57.90
10.1
14.49
32.22
5.0
♦ Rotation speed – Torque Characteristics ♦
10-18
6.7
8.5
10.1
10. Product Specifications
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
■ Product Features
FE05G
FE09G
L7□A008
L7□A010
[kW]
0.45
0.85
1.3
[N⋅m]
2.86
5.41
[kgf⋅cm]
29.22
Servo Motor Type (XML-
)
Applicable Drive (L7□A□□)
Rated output
Rated torque
FE13G
FE17G
FF30A
FF50A
L7□A035
L7□A050
1.7
3.0
5.0
8.27
10.82
9.55
15.91
55.19
84.41
110.38
97.40
162.30
L7□A020
Maximum
instantaneous
torque
[N⋅m]
8.59
16.23
24.82
32.46
28.65
47.74
[kgf⋅cm]
87.66
165.57
253.23
331.14
292.3
487.00
Rated current
[A]
4.56
6.67
11.90
13.36
15.26
26.47
Maximum current
[A]
13.68
20.01
35.7
40.08
45.78
79.41
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
1500
3000
Maximum rotation
speed
[r/min]
3000
5000
Inertia moment
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
5.66
10.18
14.62
19.04
27.96
46.56
[gf⋅cm⋅s2]
5.77
10.39
14.92
19.43
28.53
47.51
14.49
28.74
61.46
32.59
Allowable load inertia
Motor inertia x 10
Motor inertia x 5
Rated power rate
[kW/s]
Speed and
position detector
Standard
Serial Type 19 [bit]
Option
X
Protection
method
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP65(excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0~40[°C]
Ambient
humidity
20~80[%]RH(no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Anti-vibration
Vibration acceleration 49[m/s2](5G)
Specifications
and features
46.81
54.33
10-19
10. Product Specifications
Weight
[kg]
5.0
6.7
8.5
10.1
12.5
17.4
♦ Rotation speed – Torque Characteristics ♦
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
■ Product Features
Servo Motor Type (XML-
)
Applicable Drive (L7□A□□)
Rated output
Rated torque
FF22D
FF35D
FF55D
FF20G
FF30G
FF44G
L7□A020
L7□A035
L7□A050
L7□A020
L7□A035
L7□A050
[kW]
2.2
3.5
5.5
1.8
2.9
4.4
[N⋅m]
10.50
16.70
26.25
11.45
18.46
28.00
[kgf⋅cm]
107.1
170.4
267.8
116.9
188.3
285.7
Maximum
instantaneous
torque
[N⋅m]
31.50
50.10
78.76
34.35
55.38
84.03
[kgf⋅cm]
321.30
511.40
803.4
350.60
564.90
857.10
Rated current
[A]
13.07
16.48
28.78
12.16
15.98
30.70
Maximum current
[A]
39.21
49.44
86.34
36.48
47.94
92.10
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
2000
Maximum
rotation speed
[r/min]
3000
Inertia moment
1500
3000
2700
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
27.96
46.56
73.85
27.96
46.56
73.85
[gf⋅cm⋅s2]
28.53
47.51
75.36
28.53
47.51
75.36
73.14
106.15
Allowable load inertia
Motor inertia x 5
Rated power rate
[kW/s]
Speed and
position detector
Standard
Serial Type 19 [bit]
Option
X
Protection
method
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP65(excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0~40[°C]
Ambient humidity
20~80[%]RH(no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Specifications
and features
10-20
3000
39.43
59.89
93.27
46.92
10. Product Specifications
Anti-vibration
Weight
Vibration acceleration 49[m/s2](5G)
[kg]
12.5
17.4
25.12
12.5
17.4
25.2
♦ Rotation speed – Torque Characteristics ♦
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
■ Protect Features
FF12M
FF20M
FF30M
FF44M
L7□A020
L7□A020
L7□A035
L7□A050
[kW]
1.2
2.0
3.0
4.4
[N⋅m]
11.46
19.09
28.64
42.02
[kgf⋅cm]
116.9
194.8
292.2
428.7
Servo Motor Type (XMLApplicable Drive (L7□A□□)
Rated output
)
Rated torque
Maximum
instantaneous
torque
[N⋅m]
34.38
57.29
85.94
126.1
[kgf⋅cm]
350.70
584.40
876.60
128.60
Rated current
[A]
11.01
12.96
16.58
30.60
Maximum
current
[A]
33.03
38.88
49.74
91.8
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
Maximum
rotation speed
[r/min]
1700
2000
Inertia moment
1000
2000
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
27.96
46.56
73.85
106.7
[gf⋅cm⋅s2]
28.53
47.51
75.36
108.9
Allowable load inertia
Rated power
rate
Speed and
position
detector
Specifications
and features
[kW/s]
Motor inertia x 5
46.94
78.27
111.04
165.38
Standard
Serial Type 19 [bit]
Option
X
Protection
method
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP65(excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
10-21
10. Product Specifications
Weight
Ambient
temperature
0~40[°C]
Ambient
humidity
20~80[%]RH(no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Anti-vibration
Vibration acceleration 49[m/s2](5G)
[kg]
12.5
17.4
25.2
33.8
♦ Rotation speed – Torque Characteristics ♦
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used
Continuously used
Continuously used
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used
■ Protect Features
FG22D
FG35D
FG55D
FG20G
FG30G
FG44G
L7□A020
L7□A035
L7□A050
L7□A020
L7□A035
L7□A050
[kW]
2.2
3.5
5.5
1.8
2.9
4.4
[N⋅m]
10.50
16.71
26.25
11.50
18.50
28.00
[kgf⋅cm]
107.1
170.4
267.8
116.9
188.4
285.8
Servo Motor Type (XML-
)
Applicable Drive (L7□A□□)
Rated output
Rated torque
Maximum
instantaneous
torque
[N⋅m]
31.51
50.12
78.76
34.40
55.40
84.00
[kgf⋅cm]
321.30
511.30
803.4
350.80
565.1
857.4
Rated current
[A]
10.25
14.67
29.74
11.18
16.21
31.72
Maximum
current
[A]
30.75
44.01
89.22
33.54
48.63
95.16
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
Maximum
rotation speed
[r/min]
Inertia moment
2000
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
2
[gf⋅cm⋅s ]
3000
2700
3000
3000
2700
3000
41.13
71.53
117.72
14.13
71.53
117.72
41.97
72.99
120.12
41.97
72.99
120.12
47.66
66.64
Allowable load inertia
Rated power
rate
Speed and
position
detector
10-22
[kW/s]
1500
Motor inertia x 5
26.78
38.99
58.51
31.91
Standard
Serial Type 19 [bit]
Option
X
10. Product Specifications
Specifications
and features
Protection
method
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP65(excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0~40[°C]
Ambient
humidity
20~80[%]RH(no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Anti-vibration
Vibration acceleration 49[m/s2](5G)
Weight
[kg]
15.4
20.2
28.12
15.4
20.2
28.0
♦ Rotation speed – Torque Characteristics ♦
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used
Continuously used
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used
Continuously used
■ Product Features
Servo Motor Type (XML-
)
FG12M
L7□A020
Applicable Drive (L7□A□□)
Rated output
FG20M
[kW]
1.2
2.0
FG30M
FG44M
L7□A035
L7□A050
3.0
4.4
[N⋅m]
11.50
19.10
28.60
42.00
[kgf⋅cm]
116.9
194.9
292.3
428.7
Rated torque
Maximum
instantaneous
torque
[N⋅m]
34.40
57.30
85.90
126.00
[kgf⋅cm]
350.8
584.6
876.9
128.61
Rated current
[A]
11.28
13.10
15.52
27.26
Maximum current
[A]
33.84
39.3
46.56
81.78
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
Maximum
rotation speed
[r/min]
1700
2000
1000
2000
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
41.13
71.53
117.72
149.40
41.97
72.99
120.12
152.45
Inertia moment
2
[gf⋅cm⋅s ]
Allowable load inertia
Rated power rate
[kW/s]
Motor inertia x 5
31.91
51.00
69.70
118.14
10-23
10. Product Specifications
Speed and
position detector
Specifications
and features
Standard
Serial Type 19 [bit]
Option
X
Protection
method
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP65(excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0~40[°C]
Ambient humidity
20~80[%]RH(no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Anti-vibration
Weight
Vibration acceleration 49[m/s2](5G)
[kg]
15.4
20.2
28.0
33.5
♦ Rotation speed – Torque Characteristics ♦
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
■
Product Features
Servo Motor Type (XML-
)
FALR5A
Applicable Drive (L7□A□□)
Rated output
FAL01A
L7□A001
FAL015A
FBL01A
FBL02A
FBL04A
L7□A002
L7□A001
L7□A002
L7□A004
[kW]
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.10
0.20
0.40
[N⋅m]
0.16
0.32
0.48
0.32
0.64
1.27
[kgf⋅cm]
1.62
3.25
4.87
3.25
6.49
12.99
Rated torque
Maximum
instantaneous
torque
[N⋅m]
0.48
0.96
1.43
0.96
1.91
3.82
[kgf⋅cm]
4.87
9.74
14.62
9.74
19.48
38.96
Rated current
[A] Φ.ac.rms
0.95
1.25
1.76
0.95
1.45
2.60
Maximum
current
[A] Φ.ac.rms
2.85
3.75
5.28
2.85
4.35
7.80
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
3000
Maximum
rotation speed
[r/min]
5000
10-24
10. Product Specifications
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
0.023
0.042
0.063
0.091
0.147
0.248
[gf⋅cm⋅s2]
0.024
0.043
0.065
0.093
0.150
0.253
Inertia moment
Allowed load inertia
Rated power
rate
Speed and
position
detector
Specifications
and features
Motor inertia x 30
[kW/s]
10.55
Standard
Motor inertia Motor inertia x 20
23.78
11.09
Serial Multi-Turn Built-in Type(18bit)
27.60
27.07
Serial Multi-Turn Built-in Type(19bit)
Option
x
Protection
method
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP67(excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0~40[°C]
Ambient
humidity
20~80[%]RH(no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Anti-vibration
Weight
35.34
Vibration acceleration 49[m/s2](5G)
[kg]
0.31
0.45
0.61
0.56
0.74
1.06
♦ Rotation speed – Torque Characteristics ♦
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
■
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Product Features
Servo Motor Type (XMLApplicable Drive (L7□A□□)
Rated output
)
FCL04A
FCL06A
L7□A004
FCL08A
L7□A008
FCL10A
L7□A010
[kW]
0.40
0.60
0.75
1.00
[N⋅m]
1.27
1.91
2.39
3.18
[kgf⋅cm]
12.99
19.49
24.36
32.48
[N⋅m]
3.82
5.73
7.16
9.55
[kgf⋅cm]
38.98
58.47
73.08
97.44
Rated torque
Maximum
instantaneous
torque
10-25
10. Product Specifications
Rated current
[A] Φ.ac.rms
2.58
3.81
5.02
5.83
Maximum
current
[A] Φ.ac.rms
7.75
11.42
15.07
17.50
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
3000
Maximum
rotation speed
[r/min]
5000
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
0.530
0.897
1.264
1.632
[gf⋅cm⋅s2]
0.541
0.915
1.290
1.665
30.60
40.66
45.09
62.08
Inertia moment
Allowed load inertia
Rated power
rate
Speed and
position
detector
Specifications
and features
Weight
[kW/s]
Standard
Serial Multi-Turn Built-in Type(19bit)
Option
x
Protection
method
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP67(excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0~40[°C]
Ambient
humidity
20~80[%]RH(no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Anti-vibration
Vibration acceleration 49[m/s2](5G)
[kg]
1.52
2.14
2.68
3.30
♦ Rotation speed – Torque Characteristics ♦
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
10-26
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
10. Product Specifications
■
Product Features
Servo Motor Type (XML-
)
Applicable Drive (L7□A□□)
Rated output
FCL04A
FCL06A
L7□A004
FCL08A
L7□A008
FCL10A
L7□A010
[kW]
0.40
0.60
0.75
1.00
[N⋅m]
1.27
1.91
2.39
3.18
[kgf⋅cm]
12.99
19.49
24.36
32.48
Rated torque
Maximum
instantaneous
torque
[N⋅m]
3.82
5.73
7.16
9.55
[kgf⋅cm]
38.98
58.47
73.08
97.44
Rated current
[A] Φ.ac.rms
2.58
3.81
5.02
5.83
Maximum
current
[A] Φ.ac.rms
7.75
11.42
15.07
17.50
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
3000
Maximum
rotation speed
[r/min]
5000
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
0.530
0.897
1.264
1.632
[gf⋅cm⋅s2]
0.541
0.915
1.290
1.665
30.60
40.66
45.09
62.08
Inertia moment
Allowed load inertia
Rated power
rate
Speed and
position
detector
Specifications
and features
Weight
[kW/s]
Standard
Serial Multi-Turn Built-in Type(19bit)
Option
x
Protection
method
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP67(excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0~40[°C]
Ambient
humidity
20~80[%]RH(no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Anti-vibration
Vibration acceleration 49[m/s2](5G)
[kg]
1.52
2.14
2.68
3.30
♦ Rotation speed – Torque Characteristics ♦
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
10-27
10. Product Specifications
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
■
Product Features
Servo Motor Type (XML-
)
Applicable Drive (L7□A□□)
Rated output
FCL03D
FCL05D
FCL06D
L7□A004
FCL07D
L7□A008
[kW]
0.30
0.45
0.55
0.65
[N⋅m]
1.43
2.15
2.63
3.10
[kgf⋅cm]
14.62
21.92
26.80
31.67
Rated torque
Maximum
instantaneous
torque
[N⋅m]
4.30
6.45
7.88
9.31
[kgf⋅cm]
43.85
65.77
80.39
95.01
Rated current
[A] Φ.ac.rms
2.50
3.05
3.06
3.83
Maximum
current
[A] Φ.ac.rms
7.51
9.16
9.18
11.50
Rated rotation
speed
[r/min]
2000
Maximum
rotation speed
[r/min]
3000
[kg⋅m2x10-4]
0.530
0.897
1.264
1.63
[gf⋅cm⋅s2]
0.541
0.915
1.290
1.66
38.73
51.47
54.56
59.03
Inertia moment
Allowed load inertia
Rated power
rate
Speed and
position
detector
Specifications
and features
Weight
[kW/s]
Standard
Serial Multi-Turn Built-in Type(19bit)
Option
x
Protection
method
Fully closed⋅self-cooling IP67(excluding axis penetration)
Time rating
Continuous
Ambient
temperature
0~40[°C]
Ambient
humidity
20~80[%]RH(no condensation)
Atmosphere
No direct sunlight, corrosive gas, or combustible gas
Anti-vibration
Vibration acceleration 49[m/s2](5G)
[kg]
1.26
2.12
2.66
2.78
♦ Rotation speed – Torque Characteristics ♦
10-28
10. Product Specifications
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Repeatedly used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
Continuously used area
Repeatedly used area
Continuously used area
10-29
10. Product Specifications
■ Electric Brake Specifications
Applicable Motor
Series
XML-SA
XML-SB
Purpose
XML-SC
XML-SE
XML-SF
XML-SG
Maintenance of stop(Refer to Note 2 below)
Input voltage [V]
DC 24V
DC 90V
Static friction torque
[N•m]
0.32
1.47
3.23
10.4
40
74
Capacity [W]
6
6.5
9
19.4
25
32
Coil resistance [Ω]
96
89
64
29.6
23
327
Rated current [A]
0.25
0.27
0.38
0.81
1.04
0.28
Braking mechanism
Spring brake
Insulation grade
Grade F
Applicable Motor
Series
XML-FB
XML-FC
Purpose
Maintenance of stop(Refer to
Note 2 below)
Input voltage [V]
DC 24V
Static friction torque
[N•m]
1.47
3.23
Capacity [W]
6.5
9
Coil resistance [Ω]
89
64
Rated current [A]
0.27
0.38
Braking mechanism
Spring brake
Insulation grade
Grade F
10-30
Note 1)
The same specifications apply to all electric brakes installed in our servo motors.
Note 2)
Electric brakes are designed to maintain a stop. Never use them for absolute braking.
Note 3)
The characteristics of the electric brakes were measured at 20°C.
Note 4)
These brake specifications are subject to change. Check the voltage specifications on your
specific motor.
10. Product Specifications
10.1.3 Outline Diagram
(For the drawing of Oilseal Type, it is available
on request)
 SA Series | XML-SAR3A, XML-SAR5A, XML-SA01A,
XML-SA015A

Name
External Dimensions
Weight (kg)
L
LM
LC
CB
SAR3A
101.3(137.6)
76.3(112.6)
42.5(102.3)
66.3(102.3)
0.32(0.67)
SAR5A
108.3(144.6)
83.3(119.6)
49.5(49.4)
73.3(109.3)
0.38(0.73)
SA01A
125.3(161.6)
100.3(66.4)
66.5(66.4)
90.3(126.3)
0.5(0.85)
SA015A
145.3
120.3
86.5
110.3
0.7
Note 1)
The standard shaft end for 40 flange model is a straight shaft end.
Note 2)
Use DC power (24 V) to operate the brake.
Note 3)
The sizes in parentheses apply when attached to the brakes.(Except SA015A)
Note 4)
Option specification: Serial M-Turn Encoder PinMap
10-31
10. Product Specifications
 SB Series | XML-SB01A, XML-SB02A, XML-SB04A
Name
10-32
External Dimensions
Weight (kg)
L
LM
LC
CB
SB01A
122(162)
92 (132)
52.5(52.3)
59.5(99.5)
0.82(1.4)
SB02A
136(176)
106 (146)
66.5(66.3)
73.5(113.5)
1.08(1.66)
SB04A
1634(199)
134(169)
94.5(94.3)
101.5(141.5)
1.58(2.16)
Note 1)
Use DC power (24 V) to operate the brake.
Note 2)
The sizes in parentheses apply when attached to the brakes.
Note 3)
Option specification: Serial M-Turn Encoder PinMap
10. Product Specifications
 SC Series | XML-SC04A,SC03D, XML-SC06A,SC05D,
XML-SC08A,SC06D, XML-SC10A,SC07D
External Dimensions
L
LM
LC
CB
S
Weight
(kg)
SC04A,
SC03D
158.5(198.5)
118.5(158.5)
79(78.8)
86(126.5)
14
1.88(2.92)
SC06A,
SC05D
178.5(218.5)
138.5(178.5)
99(98.8)
106(146.5)
16
2.52(3.56)
SC08A,
SC06D
198.5(238.5)
158.5(198.5)
119(118.8)
126(166.5)
16
3.15(4.22)
SC10A,
SC07D
218.5(258.5)
178.5(218.5)
139(138.8)
146(186.5)
16
3.80(4.94)
Name
Note 1)
Use DC power (24 V) to operate the brake.
Note 2)
The sizes in parentheses apply when attached to the brakes.
Note 3)
Option specification: Serial M-Turn Encoder PinMap
10-33
10. Product Specifications
 SE Series | XML-SE09A,
XML-SE15A,
XML-SE22A,
XML-SE30A,
SE06D, SE05G,
SE11D, SE09G,
SE16D, SE13G,
SE22D, SE17G,
SE03M,
SE06M,
SE09M,
SE12M
Key
Dimensions
External Dimensions
Name
Weight
(Kg)
L
LM
LC
S
T
W U
SE09A,SE06D,SE05G,SE03M
201.3(239.3)
143.3(181.3)
93.8(93.6)
19
5
5
3
5.5(7.04)
SE15A,SE11D,SE09G,SE06M
225.3(263.3)
167.3(205.3)
117.8(117.6)
19
5
5
3
7.54(9.08)
SE22A,SE16D,SE13G,SE09M
249.3(287.3)
191.3(229.3)
141.8(141.6)
22
6
6
3.
5
9.68(11.22)
SE30A,SE22D,SE17G,SE12M
273.3(311.3)
215.3(253.3)
165.8(165.6)
22
6
6
3.
5
11.78(13.32)
10-34
Note 1)
Use DC power (24 V) to operate the brake.
Note 2)
The sizes in parentheses apply when attached to the brakes.
Note 3)
Option specification: Serial M-Turn Encoder PinMap
10. Product Specifications
 SF Series | XML-SF30A, SF22D, SF20G, SF12M,
XML-SF50A, LF35D, LF30G, SF20M,
XML-SF55D, SF44G, LF30M
XML-SF44M
External Dimensions
L
LM
LC
Weight
(Kg)
SF30A, SF22D, SF20G, SF12M
261.5(312.9)
182.5(233.9)
133(132.7)
12.4(19.2)
SF50A, LF35D, LF30G, SF20M
295.5(346.9)
216.5(267.9)
167(166.7)
17.7(24.9)
SF55D, SF44G LF30M
345.5(396.9)
266.5(317.9)
217(216.7)
26.3(33.4)
SF44M
405.5(456.9)
326.5(377.9)
277(276.7)
35.6(42.8)
Name
Note 1)
SF30M or above models have eye bolts.
Note 2)
Use DC power (24 V) to operate the brake.
Note 3)
The sizes in parentheses apply when attached to the brakes.
Note 4)
Option specification: Serial M-Turn Encoder PinMap
10-35
10. Product Specifications
 SG Series | XML-SG22D, SG20G, SG12M,
XML-LG35D, LG30G, SG20M,
XML-SG55D, SG44G, LG30M,
XML-SG44M
Name
10-36
External Dimensions
Weight (Kg)
L
LM
LC
SG22D, SG20G,SG12M
236.5(302.7)
171.5(237.7)
122(121.2)
16.95(30.76)
LG35D,LG30G,SG20M
256.5(322.7)
191.5(257.7)
142(142.2)
21.95(35.7)
SG55D, SG44G,LG30M
292.5(358.7)
227.5(293.7)
178(177.2)
30.8(44.94)
SG44M
320.5(386.7)
255.5(321.7)
206(205.2)
37.52(50.94)
Note 1)
Use DC power (90 V) to operate the brake.
Note 2)
The sizes in parentheses apply when attached to the brakes.
Note 3)
Option specification: Serial M-Turn Encoder PinMap
10. Product Specifications
 XML-HB01A (Hollow Shaft), XML-HB02A (Hollow Shaft),
XML-HB04A (Hollow Shaft)
External Dimensions
L
LM
LC
CB
Hollow
Shaft
Diameter
Weight (kg)
HB01A
140.5
98.5
68.5
24
15
0.89
HB02A
154.5
112.5
82.5
38
15
1.16
HB04A
182.5
140.5
105.5
66
15
1.69
Name
 XML-HE09A (Hollow Shaft), XML-HE15A (Hollow Shaft)
External Dimensions
L
LM
LC
Hollow
Shaft
Diameter
Weight (kg)
HE09A
207
150
111.5
40
5.82
HE15A
231
174
135.5
40
7.43
Name
10-37
10. Product Specifications
 FB Series : XML-FB01A, XML-FB02A, XML-FB04A (For the
drawing of Rear Type cable, it is available on request)
Name
FB01A
10-38
External Dimensions
L
LM
LC
109(149.2)
79(119.2)
43.5(43)
Weight(kg)
0.72(1.3)
10. Product Specifications
FB02A
120(160.2)
90(130.2)
54.5(54)
0.94(1.49)
FB04A
140(150.2)
110(150.2)
74.5(74)
1.32(1.87)
Note 1)
Use DC power (24V) to operate the brake.
Note 2)
The sizes in parentheses apply when attached to the brakes.
 FC Series | XML-FC04A,FC03D, XML-FC06A,FC05D,
XML-FC08A,FC06D, XML-FC10A,FC07D
Name
FC04A,FC03D
Key Dimensions
External Dimensions
L
LM
LC
S
H
T
W
U
136.5(177)
96.5(137)
61(60.5)
14
-0.018
5
5
3
Weight(kg)
1.56(2.6)
10-39
10. Product Specifications
FC06A,FC05D
154.5(195)
114.5(155)
79(78.5)
19
-0.021
6
6
3.5
2.18(3.22)
FC08A,FC06D
172.5(213)
132.5(173)
97(96.5)
19
-0.021
6
6
3.5
2.72(3.76)
FC10A,FC07D
190.5(231)
150.5(191)
115(114.5)
19
-0.021
6
6
3.5
3.30(4.34)
Note 1)
Use DC power (24V) to operate the brake.
Note 2)
The sizes in parentheses apply when attached to the brakes.
 FE Series | XML-FE09A, FE06D, FE05G, FE03M,
XML-FE15A, FE11D, FE09G, FE06M,
XML-FE22A, FE16D, FE13G, FE09M,
XML-FE30A, FE22D, FE17G, FE12M
<Standard>
Name
Key Dimensions
External Dimensions
Weight(kg)
L
LM
LC
S
QW
T
W
U
FE09A,FE06D,FE05G,FE03M
197.3
139.3
89.8
19
25
5
5
3
5.04
FE15A,FE11D,FE09G,FE06M
217.3
159.3
109.8
19
25
5
5
3
6.74
FE22A,FE16D,FE13G,FE09M
237.3
179.3
129.8
22
25
6
6
3.5
8.48
FE30A,FE22D,FE17G,FE12M
255.3
197.3
147.8
24
36
7
8
4
10.05
<Brake>
10-40
10. Product Specifications
Key Dimensions
External Dimensions
Name
Weight(kg)
L
LM
LC
S
QW
T
W
U
FE09A,FE06D,FE05G,FE03M
235.3
177.3
89.6
19
25
5
5
3
6.58
FE15A,FE11D,FE09G,FE06M
255.3
197.3
109.6
19
25
5
5
3
8.28
FE22A,FE16D,FE13G,FE09M
275.3
217.3
129.6
22
25
6
6
3.5
10.02
FE30A,FE22D,FE17G,FE12M
294
236
148
24
36
7
8
4
11.59
Note 1)
Use DC power (24V) to operate the brake.
 FF Series | XML-FF30A, FF22D, FF20G, FF12M,
XML-FF50A, FF35D, FF30G, FF20M,
XML-FF30M, FF55D, FF44G, XML-FF44M
<Standard>
Name
External Dimensions
L
LM
LC
FF30A,22D,20G,12M
257.5
178.5
129
FF50A,35D,30G,20M
287.5
208.5
159
44G,30M
331.5
252.5
203
44M
384.5
305.5
256
Key Dimensions
LR
S
QK
T
W
U
Weight(kg)
12.5
79
35
60
8
10
5
17.4
25.2
42
60
8
12
5
33.8
10-41
10. Product Specifications
<Brake>
Name
External Dimensions
L
LM
LC
FF30A,22D,20G,12M
308.9
229.9
128.7
FF50A,35D,30G,20M
338.9
259.9
158.7
44G,30M
382.9
303.9
202.7
44M
435.9
356.9
234.7
Note 1)
FF30M or above models have eye bolts.
Note 2)
Use DC power (24V) to operate the brake.
Key Dimensions
S
10-42
W
U
Weight(kg)
19.7
35
8
10
5
24.6
32.4
42
 FG Series | XML-FG22D, FG20G, FG12M,
XML-FG35D, FG30G, FG20M,
XML-FG55D, FG44G, FG30M,
XML-FG44M
<Standard>
T
8
12
5
41.0
10. Product Specifications
Name
External Dimensions
L
LM
LC
FG22D,FG20G,FG12M
229.5
164.5
115
FG35D,FG30G,FG20M
250.5
185.5
135
FG44G,FG30M
282.5
217.5
168
FG44M
304.5
239.5
190
Key Dimensions
S
T
W
U
Weight(kg)
15.42
35
8
10
5
20.22
28.02
42
8
12
5
33.45
U
Weight(
kg)
<Brake>
Name
External Dimensions
L
LM
LC
FG22D,FG20G,FG12M
295.7
230.7
114.2
FG35D,FG30G,FG20M
316.7
251.7
135.2
FG44G,FG30M
348.7
283.7
167.2
FG44M
370.7
305.7
189.2
Note 1)
Key Dimensions
S
T
W
29.23
35
8
10
5
34.03
41.83
42
8
12
5
47.26
Use DC power (90V) to operate the brake.
10-43
10. Product Specifications
■ FAL Series | XML-FALRA, FAL01A, FAL015A
External Dimensions
L
LM
LC
LA
Weight
(kg)
FALR5A
103.2(139.6)
78.2(114.6)
49.5
23
0.31(0.66)
FAL01A
120.2(156.6)
95.2(131.6)
66.5
35
0.45(0.80)
FAL015A
140.2
115.2
86.5
35
0.61
Name
NOTE 1) Use DC power (24V) to operate the brake.
NOTE 2) The dimension of ( ) is for brake type motor.
NOTE 3) To connect FAL motor, connect power cable first.
10-44
10. Product Specifications
■ FBL Series | XML-FBL01A, FBL02A, FBL04A
10-45
10. Product Specifications
Key
External Dimensions
Name
Dimensions
Weight
(kg)
L
LM
LC
S
H
T
W
U
FBL01A
107.2(147.2)
77.2(117.2)
48.5(48.3)
14
-0.018
5
5
3
0.56(1.3)
FBL02A
118.2(158.2)
88.2(128.2)
59.5(59.3)
14
-0.018
5
5
3
0.74(1.48)
FBL04A
138.2(178.2)
108.2(148.2)
79.5(79.3)
14
-0.018
5
5
3
1.06(1.8)
NOTE 1) Use DC power (24V) to operate the brake.
NOTE 2) The dimension of ( ) is for brake type motor.
■ FCL Series | XML-FCL04A, FCL03D, FCL06A, FCL05D, FCL08A,
FCL06D, FCL10A, FCL07D
10-46
10. Product Specifications
Key Dimensions
External Dimensions
Name
Weight(kg)
L
LM
LC
S
H
T
W
U
FCL04A,FCL03D
138.7(179.5)
98.7(139.5)
70(69.8)
14
-0.018
5
5
3
1.52(2.32)/1.26(2.06)
FCL06A,FCL05D
156.7(197.5)
116.7(157.5)
88(87.8)
19
-0.021
6
6
3.5
2.14(2.94)/2.12(2.92)
FCL08A,FCL06D
174.7(215.5)
134.7(175.5)
106(105.8)
19
-0.021
6
6
3.5
2.68(3.48)/2.66(3.46)
FCL10A,FCL07D
192.7(233.5)
152.7(193.5)
124(123.8)
19
-0.021
6
6
3.5
3.30(4.10)/2.78(3.58)
NOTE 1) Use DC power (24V) to operate the brake.
NOTE 2) The dimension of ( ) is for brake type motor.
10-47
10. Product Specifications
10.2 The Servo Drive
10.2.1 Product Features
Name
Item
Main power
XDLL7NA
001B
XDLL7NA
002B
XDLL7NA
004B
XDLL7NA
008B
XDLL7NA
010B
XDLL7NA
020B
XDLL7NA
035B
XDLL7NA
050B
3-phase AC 200-230 V (-15-10[%]), 50-60 [Hz]
Input power
Control power
Rated current (A)
1.4
1.7
3.0
5.2
6.75
13.5
16.7
32
Peak current (A)
4.2
5.1
9.0
15.6
20.25
40.5
50.1
96
Serial 17 bit/19 bit/21 bit
Encoder Type
Speed control
range
Frequency response
Control
performance
Torque control
repetition accuracy
Within ±1%
Touch probe input
Digital output
Additional
communication
Maximum 1 kHz or more (when the 19-bit serial encoder is applied)
±0.01% or lower (when the load changes between 0 and 100%)
±0.1% or less (temperature of 25
℃ (±10))
Digital input
Digital
input/output
Maximum 1: 5000
Speed change rate
Supported drive modes
(CiA402)
10-48
Single-phase AC 200-230 V (-15-10[%]), 50-60 [Hz]
USB
Profile Position Mode
Profile Velocity Mode
Profile Torque Mode
Interpolated Position Mode
Cyclic Synchronous Position Mode
Cyclic Synchronous Velocity Mode
Cyclic Synchronous Torque Mode
Homing Mode
Total 6 input channels (allocable)
PCON, GAIN2, ALMRST, HOME, P-OT, N-OT
Above 6 functions can be used selectively for assignment.
Signal can be set as positive logic or negative logic.
There are 2 input channels.
Provides rising and falling edge detection functions for each channel.
Total 4 channels (allocable)
ALARM, READY, ZSPD, BRAKE, INPOS, INSPD, WARN
Above 7 outputs can be used selectively for assignment.
Signal can be set as positive logic or negative logic.
Program download is available with USB Communication.
10. Product Specifications
Name
Item
Dynamic
braking
Regenerative
braking
Display
function
Built-in functions
XDLL7NA
002B
XDLL7NA
004B
XDLL7NA
008B
XDLL7NA
010B
XDLL7NA
020B
XDLL7NA
035B
XDLL7NA
050B
Standard built-in brake (activated when the servo alarm goes off or when the servo
is off).
Both the default built-in brake and an externally installed brake are possible.
Seven segments (5 DIGIT)
Self-setting
function
The [Mode] key changes the content displayed in the 7 segments.
Additional
function
Auto gain tuning function
Protection
function
Overcurrent, overload, overvoltage, low voltage, main power input error, control
power input error, overspeed, motor cable, heating error (power module heating,
drive temperature error), encoder error, excessive regeneration, sensor error,
communication error
Temperature
Environment
XDLL7NA
001B
Humidity
Environment
0 ~ 50[
℃]
90% RH or less (no condensation)
Indoors in an area free from corrosive or combustible gases, liquids, or dust.
10-49
10. Product Specifications
10.3 Outline Diagram
 XDL-L7NA001B - XDL-L7NA004B
★ W eig h t: 1kg
 XDL-L7NA008B ~ XDL-L7NA010B
★ W eig h t: 1.5 kg (in clu d in g th e co o lin g fan )
10-50
10. Product Specifications
 XDL-L7NA020B ~ XDL-L7NA035B
★ W eig h t: 2.5 kg (in clu d in g th e co o lin g fan )
 XDL-L7NA050B
★ W eig h t: 5.5 kg (including the cooling fan)
10-51
10. Product Specifications
10.4 Options and Peripheral Devices
■Option (serial encoder cable)
Category
Product
Name
Name (Note 1)
Applicable
Motors
Specifications
Motor connection
For
signaling
Serial type
encoder
cable
(Small
capacity)
XLCS-E
CS
All models
of
XML-SA,
(Coming)
XML-SB,
and
XML-SC
Series
Drive connection (CN2)
1.
Motor connection
a. Cap specifications (9 positions): 172161-1 (AMP)
b. Socket specifications: 170361-1 (AMP)
2. Drive connection (CN2)
a. Case specifications: 10314-52A0-008 (3M)
b. Connector specifications: 10114-3000VE (3M)
3. Cable specifications: 3Px0.2SQ or 3Px24AWG
Drive connection (CN2)
Motor connection
For
signaling
Multiturn
type
encoder
cable
(Small
capacity)
Note 1)
10-52
E
XLCSCS1
All models
of
XML-SA,
(Coming)
XML-SB,
and
XML-SC
Series
1.
Motor connection
a. Cap specifications (9 positions): 172161-1 (AMP)
b. Socket specifications: 170361-1 (AMP)
2. Drive connection (CN2)
a. Case specifications: 10314-52A0-008 (3M) or
SM-14J(Suntone)
b. Connector specifications: 10114-3000VE (3M) or
SM-14J(Suntone)
3. Cable specifications: 4Px0.2SQ or 4Px24AWG
The
in the name indicates the type and length of each cable. Refer to the following table
for this information
Cable length (m)
3
5
10
20
Robot cable
F03
F05
F10
F20
Regular cable
N03
N05
N10
N20
10. Product Specifications
Category
Product
Name
Name (Note
1)
E
For
signaling
Flat motor
type
encoder
cable
(small
capacity)
For
signaling
Multiturn
type
encoder
cable
(small
capacity)
Note 1)
Specifications
XLCSES-
*Front :
XLCSE
ES
(Load
direction)
* Rear :
XLCSE
ES-R
(Rear
direction)
E
Applicab
le
Motors
All
models
of
XML-FB
XML-FC
Series
1.
1. Motor connection
a. Cap specifications: 2201825-1(Tyco)
b. Socket specifications : 2174065-4(Tyco )
2. Drive connection (CN2)
a. Case specifications: 10314-52A0-008(3M) or
SM-14J(Suntone)
b. Connector specifications:10114-3000VE(3M) or
SM-14J(Suntone)
3. Cable specifications: 3Px0.2SQ or 3Px24AWG
XLCSES1-
*Front :
XLCSE
ES1
(Load
direction)
* Rear :
XLCSE
ES1-R
(Rear
direction)
All
models
of
XML-FB
XML-FC
Series
1.
Motor connection
a. Cap specifications: 2201825-1(Tyco)
b. Socket specifications : 2174065-4(Tyco )
2. Drive connection (CN2)
a. Case specifications: 10314-52A0-008(3M) or
SM-14J(Suntone)
b.Connector specifications: 10114-3000VE(3M) or
SM-14J(Suntone)
3. Cable specifications: 4Px0.2SQ or 4Px24AWG
The
in the name indicates the type and length of each cable. Refer to the following table
for this information
Cable length (m)
3
5
10
20
Robot cable
F03
F05
F10
F20
Regular cable
N03
N05
N10
N20
10-53
10. Product Specifications
Category
For
signaling
Product
Name
Name (Note
1)
Serial type
encoder
cable
(medium
capacity)
Applicable
Motors
All models
of
XML-SE
XML-SF
XML-SG
XML-LF
XML-LG
XML-FE
XML-FF
XML-FG
XLCSE
DS
Series
For
signaling
Multiturn
type
encoder
cable
(medium
capacity)
E
All models
of
XML-SE
XML-SF
XML-SG
XML-LF
XML-LG
XML-FE
XML-FF
XML-FG
XLCSDS1
Series
Note 1)
1.
Motor connection (MS:Military Standard)
a. Plug specifications : MS3108B(MS3106B) 20-29S
2. Drive connection (CN2)
a. Case specifications: 10314-52A0-008(3M) or
SM-14J(Suntone)
b. Connector specifications: 10114-3000VE(3M) or
SM-14J(Suntone)
3. Cable specifications: 4Px0.2SQ or 4Px24AWG
1. Motor connection
a. Cap specifications (9 Position) : 172161-1(AMP)
b. Socket specifications : 170361-1(AMP)
2. Drive connection (CN2)
a. Case specifications : 10314-52A0-008(3M) or
SM-14J(Suntone)
b. Connector specifications : 10114-3000VE(3M) or
SM-14J(Suntone)
3. Cable specifications : 4Px0.2SQ or 4Px24AWG
The
in the name indicates the type and length of each cable. Refer to the following table
for this information
Cable length (m)
10-54
Specifications
3
5
10
20
Robot cable
F03
F05
F10
F20
Regular cable
N03
N05
N10
N20
10. Product Specifications
■ Optional power cable
Category
Product
Name
Name
(Note 1)
Applicable
Motors
Specifications
Motor connection
For power
Standard
power
cable
(Small
capacity)
XLCSP
GS
All models
of
XML-SA,
XML-SB,
XML-SC
and
XML-HB
Series
1. Motor connection
a. Cap specifications (4 positions): 172159-1 (AMP)
b. Socket specifications: 170362-1 (AMP)
2. Drive connection (U, V, W, and FG)
a. 1) U,Vand W pin specifications:UA-F1512(SEOIL)
b. 2) FG pin specifications: 1.5-4 (Ring terminal)
3. Cable specifications: 4Cx0.75SQ or 4Cx18(AWG18)
Motor connection
For power
Brake
power
cable
(Small
capacity)
XLCSP
KB
All models
of
XML-SA
XML-SB
XML-SC
Series
Drive connection
Power Supply (DC24V)
1. Motor connection
a. Cap specifications (6 positions): 172157-1 (AMP)
b. Socket specifications: 170362-1 (AMP)
2. For braking power
a. Connection terminal specifications: 1.5x3 (Ring Terminal)
b. Cable specifications: 2Cx0.75SQ or 2Cx18 (AWG18)
10-55
10. Product Specifications
Category
Product
Name
Name
(Note 1)
Applicable
Motors
Specifications
Motor connection
For power
Standard
power
cable
XLCSP
HS
Drive connection
All models
of
XML-SE
XML-FE
XML-HE
Series
1.
Motor connection (MS : Military Standard)
a. Plug specifications: MS3108B(MS3106B)20-4S
2. Drive connection (U,V,W,FG)
a. U, V and W pin specifications: 2512
b. FG pin specifications: 2.5x4(Ring Terminal)
3. Cable specifications: 4Cx2.5SQ or 4Cx14AWG
Drive connection
Motor connection
For power
Power
cable
(brake
type)
XLCSP
NB
All models
of
XML-SE
XML-FE
Series
<Motor connection>
1.
Motor connection
a. Plug specifications: MS3108B20-15S(MS 사)
Drive connection
a. U, V and W pin specifications: 2012
b. Cable specifications: 4C x 2.5SQ or 4C x 12AWG
c. FG pin specifications: 2.5 x 4(Ring Terminal)
3. Brake power connection
a. BK pin specifications: 1.5 x 3(Ring Terminal)
b. Cable specifications: 2C x 0.75SQ or 2C x 18AWG
2.
10-56
10. Product Specifications
Category
For power
Product
Name
Standard
power
cable
Name
(Note 1)
XLCSP
IS
Applicable
Motors
All models
of
XML-SF
XML-SG
XML-FF
XML-FG
Series
Below
3.5KW
Specifications
1.
Motor connection (MS : Military Standard)
a. Plug specifications: MS3108B(MS3106B)22-22S
2. Drive connection (U,V,W,FG)
a. U, V and W pin specifications: F2512
b. FG pin specifications: 2.5x4 (Ring Terminal)
3. Cable specifications: 4Cx2.5SQ or 4Cx14AWG
Drive connection
Motor connection
For power
Power
cable
(brake
type)
XLCSP
PB
All models
of
XML-SF
XML-LF
XML-FF
Series
Below
3.5KW
<Motor connection>
1.
Motor connection
a. Plug specifications: MS3108B24-10S(MS 사)
2. Drive connection
a. Cable specifications: 4C x 2.5SQ or 4C x 14AWG
b. pin specifications: 2.5 x 4(Ring Terminal)
3. Brake power connection
a. BK pin specifications: 1.5 x 3(Ring Terminal)
b. pin specifications: 2C x 0.75SQ or 2C x 18AW
10-57
10. Product Specifications
Category
Product
Name
Name
(Note 1)
Applicable
Motors
Specifications
Motor connection
For power
Standard
power
cable
XLCSP
JS
(new
model)
All models
of
XML-SF
XML-SG
XML-FF
XML-FG
Series
above
3.5KW
below
5KW
Drive connection
1. Motor connection (MS : Military Standard)
a. Plug specifications: MS3108B(MS3106B)22-22S
2. Drive connection (U,V,W,FG)
a. U,V and W pin specifications: 6012
b. FG pin specifications: 6.0 x 5 (Ring Terminal)
3. Cable specifications: 4Cx6.0SQ or 4Cx10AWG
Motor connection
Drive connection
Power Supply (DC24V)
For power
10-58
Power
cable
(brake
type)
XLCSP
LB
(new
model)
All models
of
XML-SF
XML-LF
XML-FF
Series
above
3.5KW
below
5KW
1.
Motor connection
a. Plug specifications: MS3108B24-10S(MS)
2. Drive connection
a. Cable specifications: 4C x 2.5SQ or 4C x 14AWG
b. pin specifications: 2.5 x 4(Ring Terminal)
3. Brake power connection
a. BK pin specifications: 1.5 x 3(Ring Terminal)
4. Cable specifications: 2C x 0.75SQ or 2C x 18AW
10. Product Specifications
Category
Product
Name
Name
(Note 1)
Applicable
Motors
Specifications
Motor connection
Drive connection
XLCSFS-
For power
Flat
motor
Power
cable
*Front :
XLCSP
FS
(Load
direction)
All models
of
XML-FB
XML-FC
Series
* Rear :
XLCSP
FS-R
(Rear
direction)
1.
Motor connection
a. Plug specifications: KN5FT04SJ1(JAE)
b. Plug specifications: ST-KN-S-C1B-3500 (JAE)
2. Drive connection (U,V,W,FG)
a. U,V and W pin specifications: 1512
b. FG pin specifications: 1.5x4 (Ring Terminal)
3. Cable specifications: 4Cx0.75SQ or 4Cx18AWG
Motor connection
Drive connection
XLCSB
QS
For power
Flat
motor
brake
cable
*Front :
XLCSB
QS
(Load
direction)
* Rear :
XLCSB
QS-R
(Rear
direction)
All models
of
XML-FB
XML-FC
Series
1.
Motor connection
a. Plug specifications: KN5FT02SJ1(JAE )
b. Socket specifications: ST-KN-S-C1B-3500 (JAE )
2. Brake power connection
a. connection terminal specifications: 1.5x3(Ring Terminal)
3. Cable specifications: 2Cx0.75SQ or 2Cx18AWG
10-59
10. Product Specifications
Category
Product
Name
Name
(Note 1)
Applicable
Motors
Specifications
Motor connection
For power
All models
of
XML-SG
XML-LG
XML-FG
Series
XLCSP
SB
(new
model)
Brake
Power
cable
Drive connection
1.
Motor connection
a. Plug specifications: MS3108B14-7S(MS)
2. Brake power connection
a. connection terminal specifications: 1.5x3(Ring Terminal)
3. Cable specifications: 2Cx0.75SQ or 2Cx19AWG
Note 1)
10-60
The
in the name indicates the type and length of each cable. Refer to the following table for
this information.
Cable length (m)
3
5
10
20
Robot cable
F03
F05
F10
F20
Regular cable
N03
N05
N10
N20
10. Product Specifications
■ Optional cables
Category
Product
Name
Type
(Note 1)
Name
Applicable
Drive
Specifications
Motor Side Connector
For power
Power
cable for L
series
(small
capacitor)
P
XLCSLS(Front
Direction)/
XLCSP
LSR(Rear
Direction)
Drive Side Connector
1. Motor side connector
All models of
XMLFAL/FBL/FCL
Series
a. PLUG : SM-JN8FT04 (Suntone사)
b. Socket : SMS-201 (Suntone사)
2. Drive side connector (U,V,W,FG)
a. U,V,W pin connection:1512
b. FG pin: 1.5x4 (Ring Terminal)
3. Cable : 4Cx0.75SQ or 4Cx18AWG
4. Remark: For FAL motor, after connect power cable
first, connect Encoder cable
10-61
10. Product Specifications
■ Optional cables
Category
Product
Name
Name
(Note 1)
Applicable
Drive
Specifications
[Upper controller]
[Servo drive – CN1]
Indicates Pin no.
For
signaling
CN1 Cable
XLCSCN1 A
XDL-L7N
Series
1. Drive connection (CN1)
a. Case specifications: 10320-52A0-008(3M)
b. Connector specifications: 10120-3000PE(3M)
2. Cable specifications: ROW-SB0.1Cx20C(AWG28)
Terminal block connection
Drive connection
1. Drive connection (CN1)
T/B
CN1 T/B
XLCS-XDLL7NCN1T-
a. CASE specification : 10320-52A0-008(3M)
XDL-L7N
SERIES
b. CONNECTOR specification : 10120-3000PE (3M)
c. CABLE specification : AWG28 x 10P
2. Terminal block connection
a. CONNECTOR specification : HIF3BA-20D2.54R(Hirose)
b. Terminal block specification : XTB-20H(Samwon Act)
3. Cable length
10-62
10. Product Specifications
[PC - USB port]
For
signaling
CN
Communicati
on cable
CN1
Connector
XLCSCN5L7U
XLCCN2NNA
L7 Series
XDL-L7N
Series
[Servo drive – CN5]
1. PC connection: USB A plug
2. Drive connection (CN5): Mini USB 5P plug
3. Electrical requirements:
Double shielded, twisted pair, EMI filter installation
(similar product: KU-AMB518 by SANWA)
11
1
20
10
1. Case specifications: 10320-52A20-008(3M)
2. Connector specifications: 10120-3000PE(3M)
CN
CN6
Connector
XLCS-CN6J
XDL-L7N
Series
1. Plug Connector Kit : 2040008-1(TE)
CN
CN6
Connector
XLCS-CN6K
XDL-L7N
SERIES
PIN NO.
NO.
Wireing
Schematic
1. MINI I/O By-Pass Connector : 1971153(TE)
CN
CN3/4
Connector
XLCSCN4NNA
XDL-L7N
Series
1. Connector specifications: 44915-0021(MOLEX)
2. Plug Housing specifications: WRJ-45(Wlztek)
10-63
10. Product Specifications
Note 1)
The
in the name indicates the length of each cable. Refer to the following table for this
information.
Cable length (m)
1
2
3
5
Indication
01
02
03
05
■ Optional braking resistance
Category
Product
Name
Name
Applicable
Drive
Resistance
Braking
resistance
XLCS140R50
XDLL7NA001B
XDLL7NA002B
XDLL7NA004B
Resistance
Braking
resistance
XLCS300R30
XDLL7NA008B
XDLL7NA010B
XLC600R30
XDLL7NA020B
(2P)
XDLL7NA035B
(3P)
Resistance
10-64
Braking
resistance
Specifications
10. Product Specifications
Resistance
Braking
resistance
XLC600R28
XDLL7NA050B
(4P)
10-65
11. Maintenance and Inspection
11.
Maintenance and Inspection
11.1 Maintenance and Inspection
This chapter explains how to perform basic maintenance and inspection tasks as well as
diagnose and troubleshoot the servo motor and drive.
11.1.1 Precautions
1. Measuring the motor voltage: The PWM controls the voltage output from the servo amp to the motor.
Because of this, the waves take the form of pulses. Use a rectifier voltmeter for accurate
measurements because different meters may produce different results.
2. Measuring the motor current: Use a moving iron ammeter and wait for the motor's reactance to
smooth the pulse waveform into sine waves.
3. Measuring the electric power: Use an electrodynamometer based on the 3 power meter method.
4. Other gauges: When using an oscilloscope or digital voltmeter, do not allow them to touch the
ground. Use a 1 mA or less input current gauge.
11.1.2 What to Inspect
Wait at least 10 minutes after turning off the power before beginning the inspection because
the condenser can hold enough voltage to cause an electrical accident.
(2) Inspecting the Servo Motor
Caution
Wait at least 10 minutes after turning off the power before beginning the inspection because the
condenser can hold enough voltage to cause an electrical accident.
Inspection Item
Vibration and
sound check
Inspect the exterior
of the motor
Measure the
insulation
resistance
Inspection Period
Inspection and
Handling
Notes
Monthly
Touch the motor and
listen for sounds.
The feel and sounds
should be the same as
usual.
Depends on the amount
of contamination or
damage.
Clean the motor with a
cloth or air pressure.
-
At least once a year
Disconnect the motor
from the drive and
measure the insulation
resistance.
A normal resistance
level is 10 ㏁ or higher.
Contact our service
center if the resistance
is lower than 10 ㏁.
Note 1)
Replace the oil
seal
At least once
every 5,000 hours
Remove the oil seal
from the motor and
replace it.
This only applies to
motors with an oil seal.
11-1
11. Maintenance and Inspection
Inspection Item
General inspection
Note 1)
Inspection Period
At least once every
20,000 hours or after 5
years.
Inspection and
Handling
Contact our service
center.
Notes
Do not disassemble the
servo motor yourself.
Measure the resistance between the FG and one of the U, V, and W power lines on the servo
motor.
(3) Inspecting the Servo Drive
11-2
Inspection
Item
Inspection
Period
Clean the
main body
and control
board
At least once
a year
Check if there is any dust or
oil on the components.
Clean it with air pressure or
a cloth.
Check for
loose screws
At least once
a year
Check whether the screws are
loose on the terminals and
connectors.
Tighten the screws.
Check for
defective
parts on the
main body or
the control
board
At least once
a year
Check for discoloration,
damage, or disconnection
caused by heat.
Contact our company.
Inspection process
What to do if you find an
abnormality
11. Maintenance and Inspection
11.1.3 Replacing Parts
Mechanical friction and aging may deteriorate the following parts or even cause them to
malfunction. This makes it important to conduct regular maintenance checks and replace
worn parts.
1. The smoothing condenser: Ripple currents and other factors can cause this part to wear. The
lifespan of this part depends on the operating temperature and environment. It normally lasts for 10
years if used continuously in a normal air-conditioned environment. Inspect the condenser at least
once each year because it can rapidly age over a short period of time once it starts to deteriorate
(inspect it more frequently as it approaches obsolescence).
※ Visual inspection criteria:
a. The condition of the case: Check for deformations on the sides and bottom.
b. The condition of the lid: Check for notable expansion, severe cracks, or broken parts.
c. The relief valve: Check for notable valve expansion and operation.
d. Also regularly check whether the exterior is cracked, discolored, or leaking and whether there
are any broken parts. The condenser is obsolete when its capacity degrades to less than 85% of
the rated capacity.
2. The relays: Check for bad connections and wear and tear on the contacts caused by switching
currents. A relay is obsolete when its accumulated number of switches reaches 100,000,
depending on the power capacity.
3. Motor bearings: Replace the bearings after 20,000 to 30,000 hours of operation at the rated speed
under the rated load. Replace the bearings if abnormal sounds or vibrations are detected during
inspection, depending on the operating conditions.
The Standard Part Replacement Cycle
Part Name
Standard Replacement Cycle
Method
Smoothing condenser
7-8 years
Relays
-
Fuses
10 years
Replace
Aluminum electrolytic
condensers on printed
boards
5 years
Replace with new boards
(determined after inspection)
Cooling fans
4-5 years
Motor bearings
-
Motor oil seal
5,000 hours
Replace (determine after
inspection).
Determine after inspection
Replace
Determine after inspection
Replace
11-3
11. Maintenance and Inspection
11.2 Diagnosing and Troubleshooting
Abnormalities
AL- appears if a problem occurs during operation. If this happens, try to solve the problem
by following the troubleshooting advice given in this section. If the problem persists, contact
our service center.
11.2.1 The Servo Motor
Cause of abnormalities, inspection procedure, and troubleshooting methods
Symptoms
The motor
does not
move.
Causes
Remedies
The P-OT and N-OT inputs
are off.
Refer to section 3.6, "Signals."
The motor has defects.
Use a resistance tester to measure
the resistance to the motor lead
Replace the motor.
terminal (resistance between phases:
several ohms).
The locking screws are loose. Check the locking screws.
Turn on the P-OT and N-OT
inputs.
Tighten any loose screws.
The external wiring is
incorrect or the cables are
disconnected.
Check the wires to the motor and the Redo the wiring.
encoder.
Replace the cables.
The encoder has defects.
Check the output waves.
Replace the encoder.
(Contact our service center.)
The connection is bad.
Check the connection of the motor
lead terminal.
Fix any bad connections.
Check the input voltage of the drive.
Change the power source.
Overloads occur.
Check the condition of the machine.
Remove any foreign substances
from the rotating unit and grease
or lubricate it.
The ambient temperature is
too high.
Check the temperature around the
motor. (40
℃ or lower)
Change heat transfer structure.
Install a cooling fan.
The surface of the motor is
contaminated.
Check whether there are any foreign
Clean the surface of the motor.
substances on the surface of the
motor.
Overloads occur.
Check the load on the drive.
Check the acceleration/deceleration
time.
Reduce the load.
Increase the
acceleration/deceleration time.
Use a motor with a greater
capacity.
The magnetic power of the
magnets is reduced.
Check the counter voltage and
voltage waveforms.
Replace the motor.
Coupling is bad.
Tighten the coupling screws and
measure the concentricity of the
connection.
Readjust the coupling.
Motor rotation The input voltage is low.
is unstable.
The motor
overheats.
The device is
making a
The bearings are abnormal.
strange
sound.
The parameters are set
incorrectly (the inertia, gain,
and time constants).
11-4
Inspection process
Check the bearings for vibrations and
Contact us.
sounds.
Check the parameters.
Refer to Chapter 6, "Object
Dictionary."
11. Maintenance and Inspection
11.2.2 The Servo Drive
If an alarm occurs, then the malfunction signal output contact (ALARM) goes off and the dynamic brake stops the
motor.
Alarm Code
Name
IPM Fault
IPM temperature
Overcurrent
Current offset
Overcurrent (/CL)
Continuous overload
Details
What to check
Overcurrent (H/W)
Check for incorrect wiring in the drive
output and encoder.
Check the motor ID, drive ID, and
encoder settings.
Determine whether there is a conflict
or binding in the equipment.
IPM overheat
Check for incorrect wiring in the drive
output and encoder.
Check the motor ID, drive ID, and
encoder settings.
Determine whether there is a conflict
or binding in the equipment.
Overcurrent (S/W)
Check for incorrect wiring in the drive
output and encoder.
Check the motor ID, drive ID, and
encoder settings.
Determine whether there is a conflict
or binding in the equipment.
Abnormal current offset
Check whether the U-phase current
offset [0x2614] and V-phase current
offset [0x2615] are 5% of the rated
current or higher. Replace the drive.
Overcurrent (H/W)
Check for incorrect wiring in the drive
output and encoder.
Check the motor ID, drive ID, and
encoder settings.
Determine whether there is a conflict
or binding in the equipment.
Continuous overload
Determine whether there is a conflict
or binding in the equipment.
Check the load and the condition of
the brake.
Check for incorrect wiring in the drive
output and encoder.
Check the motor ID and encoder
settings.
Check the temperature inside the
drive [0x2610].
Install a cooling fan and check the
load.
Room temperature
Drive overheat
Regen. Overload
Regenerative overload
Motor cable open
Motor disconnection
Check the wiring of the motor.
Encoder comm.
Serial encoder
communication error
Check for incorrect wiring of the serial
encoder.
Encoder cable open
Encoder cable
disconnection
Check the input voltage, regenerative
braking resistance, and wiring.
Replace the drive.
Check whether the encoder cable is
disconnected.
11-5
11. Maintenance and Inspection
Alarm Code
Name
Details
Encoder data error
Encoder data error
Motor setting error
Motor ID setting error
What to check
Check the encoder settings and
wiring.
Replace the encoder.
Low voltage of Back Up battery, when
Absolute encoder is applied.
※Reset the operation after changing
battery.
(Applied after S/W Ver 1.3)
Low Battery Error
Low voltage error
Under voltage
Low voltage
Check input voltage and power unit
wiring.
Overvoltage
Overvoltage
Check the input voltage and wiring.
Check the braking resistance for
damage.
Check for excessive regenerative
operation. Check the regenerative
resistance.
RST power fail
Main power failure
Check the power unit wiring and
power supply.
Control power fail
Control power failure
Check the power unit wiring and
power supply.
Over speed limit
Overspeed
Check the encoder, encoder settings,
encoder wiring, gain settings, motor
wiring, motor ID, electric gear ratio,
and speed command scale.
Position following
Excessive position error
Check the Following Error Window
[0x6065], wiring and limit contacts,
gain setting values, encoder settings,
and electric gear ratio settings. Check
the load on the equipment and
whether there is binding on the
equipment.
Encoder Position
Difference
Difference between 2
encoders
Check value of difference between
internal and external encoder or
external encoder when Full-Closed
control
EtherCAT Comm.Err
1
EtherCAT Comm.Err
2
EtherCAT
communication
malfunction
Check the CN3 and CN4 connectors
and the EtherCAT communication
cable. Replace the drive.
EtherCAT Comm.Err
3
11-6
Invalid factory setting
Invalid factory settings
Restore the default parameters
[0x1011].
GPIO setting
Output contact point
setting error
Restore the default parameters
[0x1011].
11. Maintenance and Inspection
A warning code appears in the current operation status [St-00] if the servo drive is operating abnormally. Check the
warning code to determine what you need to inspect. For EMG [W-80] errors, however, the dynamic brake stops the
motor.
Warning
State
(CODE)
Name
Details and causes
What to check
RST_PFAIL
Main power phase loss
The equipment does not receive main
power when the handling method for the
main power phase loss [0x2003] is set to 1.
LOW_BATT
Low battery
The output voltage of the encoder backup
battery is insufficient when applying an
absolute encoder.
OV_TCMD
Excessive Torque
Command
You have exceeded the maximum number
of torque commands.
OV_VCMD
Excessive speed
command
You have exceeded the maximum number
of speed commands.
OV_LOAD
Overload warning
The accumulated overload has reached the
overload warning level [0x200A].
SETUP
Capacity settings
The electric current capacity of the motor is
larger than that of the drive.
UD_VTG
Low voltage warning
The DC-link voltage is 190V or below when
second bit of [0x2003] is set to 1.
EMG
EMG warning
STO connection error
STO connection error
Check the operation and connection
setting.
CCW Limit
CCW Limit on setting
Check the setting and point of contact.
CW Limit
CW Limit on setting
Check the setting and point of contact.
Check the emergency stop contact signal
and the external 24 V power.
11-7
11. Maintenance and Inspection
 Servo Drive Overload Graphs (400 W or less)
(1) Rotation overload graph
Load
(%)
100% or
less
AL-21
Occurri
ng Time
(sec)
Max
Min
Load
(%)
Max
Min
∞
110
55776.0
89241.6
33465.6
210
66.8
106.9
40.08
120
13944.0
22310.4
8366.4
220
50.1
80.2
30.06
130
6197.3
9915.7
3718.38
230
38.5
61.6
23.1
140
3486.0
5577.6
2091.6
240
30.3
48.5
18.18
150
1183.0
1892.8
709.8
250
24.2
38.7
14.52
160
566.0
905.6
339.6
260
4.2
6.7
2.52
170
318.0
508.8
190.8
270
3.8
6.1
2.28
180
198.0
316.8
118.8
280
3.4
5.4
2.04
190
131.0
209.6
78.6
290
3.0
4.8
1.8
200
92.0
147.2
55.2
300
2.7
4.3
1.62
Time (sec.)
Load curve during rotation
Load rate (%)
11-8
AL-21
Occurri
ng Time
(sec)
11. Maintenance and Inspection
(2) Stoppage overload graph
Load (%)
100% or
less
AL-21
Occurrin
g Time
(sec)
Max
Min
Load
(%)
AL-21
Occurri
ng Time
(sec)
Max
Min
∞
110
37937.7
60700.3
22762.62
210
50.1
80.2
30.06
120
9483.9
15174.2
5690.34
220
38.5
61.6
23.1
130
4215.1
6744.2
2529.06
230
30.3
48.5
18.18
140
2371.0
3793.6
1422.6
240
9.7
15.5
5.82
150
926.0
1481.6
555.6
250
8.3
13.3
4.98
160
470.0
752.0
282
260
3.8
6.1
2.28
170
273.0
436.8
163.8
270
3.4
5.4
2.04
180
173.0
276.8
103.8
280
3.1
5.0
1.86
190
117.0
187.2
70.2
290
2.7
4.3
1.62
200
66.0
105.6
39.6
300
2.5
4.0
1.5
Time (sec.)
Load curve when stopped
Load rate (%)
11-9
11. Maintenance and Inspection
 Servo Drive Overload Graphs (SA type,100 W or less)
(1) Rotation overload graph
Load (%)
100% or
less
AL-21
Occurrin
g Time
(sec)
Max
Min
Load
(%)
AL-21
Occurri
ng Time
(sec)
Max
Min
∞
110
1696.0
2713.6
1017.6
210
5.2
8.3
3.12
120
424.0
678.4
254.4
220
4.4
7.0
2.64
130
188.4
301.5
113.064
230
3.8
6.1
2.28
140
106.0
169.6
63.6
240
3.3
5.3
1.98
150
70.4
112.6
42.24
250
2.9
4.6
1.74
160
26.8
42.9
16.08
260
2.6
4.2
1.56
170
20.6
33.0
12.36
270
2.3
3.7
1.38
180
16.2
25.9
9.72
280
2.0
3.2
1.2
190
13.0
20.8
7.8
290
1.8
2.9
1.08
200
10.5
16.8
6.3
300
1.6
2.6
0.96
Time (sec.)
Load curve during rotation
100W or Lower SA Type
Load rate (%)
11-10
11. Maintenance and Inspection
(2) Stoppage overload graph
Load
(%)
100% or
less
AL-21
Occurri
ng Time
(sec)
Max
Min
Load
(%)
AL-21
Occurri
ng Time
(sec)
Max
Min
∞
110
1372.8
2196.5
823.68
210
3.9
6.2
2.34
120
343.2
549.1
205.92
220
3.4
5.4
2.04
130
152.5
244.0
91.518
230
3.0
4.8
1.8
140
85.8
137.3
51.48
240
2.6
4.2
1.56
150
58.6
93.8
35.16
250
2.3
3.7
1.38
160
16.2
25.9
9.72
260
2.0
3.2
1.2
170
13.0
20.8
7.8
270
1.8
2.9
1.08
180
10.5
16.8
6.3
280
1.6
2.6
0.96
190
8.7
13.9
5.22
290
1.5
2.4
0.9
200
7.2
11.5
4.32
300
1.3
2.1
0.78
Time (sec.)
Load curve when stopped
100 W or Lower SA Type
Load rate (%)
11-11
11. Maintenance and Inspection
 Servo Drive Overload Graphs (800 W and 1 KW)
(1) Rotation overload graph
Load
(%)
100% or
less
AL-21
Occurri
ng Time
(sec)
Max
Min
Load
(%)
AL-21
Occurri
ng Time
(sec)
Min
∞
110
105800.0
169280.0
63480
210
119.0
190.4
71.4
120
26450.0
42320.0
15870
220
89.2
142.7
53.52
130
11755.0
18808.0
7053
230
49.3
78.9
29.58
140
6612.5
10580.0
3967.5
240
38.8
62.1
23.28
150
2244.0
3590.4
1346.4
250
31.0
49.6
18.6
160
1073.6
1717.8
644.16
260
7.0
11.2
4.2
170
603.2
965.1
361.92
270
6.4
10.2
3.84
180
413.6
661.8
248.16
280
5.7
9.1
3.42
190
273.6
437.8
164.16
290
5.0
8.0
3
200
201.0
321.6
120.6
300
4.6
7.4
2.76
Time (sec.)
Load curve during rotation
Load rate (%)
11-12
Max
11. Maintenance and Inspection
(2) Stoppage overload graph
Load (%)
100% or
less
AL-21
Occurrin
g Time
(sec)
Max
Min
Load
(%)
AL-21
Occurri
ng Time
(sec)
Max
Min
∞
110
72512.0
116019.2
43507.2
210
93.4
149.4
56.04
120
18128.0
29004.8
10876.8
220
71.8
114.9
43.08
130
8056.9
12891.0
4834.14
230
53.7
85.9
32.22
140
4532.0
7251.2
2719.2
240
17.2
27.5
10.32
150
1770.0
2832.0
1062
250
14.7
23.5
8.82
160
898.4
1437.4
539.04
260
6.7
10.7
4.02
170
521.8
834.9
313.08
270
6.0
9.6
3.6
180
334.1
534.6
200.46
280
5.7
9.1
3.42
190
226.0
361.6
135.6
290
5.0
8.0
3
200
134.0
214.4
80.4
300
4.6
7.4
2.76
Time (sec.)
Load curve when stopped
Load rate (%)
11-13
11. Maintenance and Inspection
 Servo Drive Overload Graphs (2 KW and 3.5 KW)
(1) Rotation overload graph
Load
(%)
AL-21
Occurri
ng Time
(sec)
100% or
less
∞
Max
Min
Load
(%)
AL-21
Occurri
ng Time
(sec)
Min
110
4832.0
7731.2
2899.2
210
66.8
106.9
40.08
120
1208.0
1932.8
724.8
220
50.1
80.2
30.06
130
536.9
859.0
322.1333
230
38.5
61.6
23.1
140
302.0
483.2
181.2
240
30.3
48.5
18.18
150
257.0
411.2
154.2
250
24.2
38.7
14.52
160
229.0
366.4
137.4
260
4.2
6.7
2.52
170
200.0
320.0
120
270
3.8
6.1
2.28
180
165.0
264.0
99
280
3.4
5.4
2.04
190
131.0
209.6
78.6
290
3.0
4.8
1.8
200
103.0
164.8
61.8
300
2.7
4.3
1.62
Time (sec.)
Load curve during rotation
Load rate (%)
11-14
Max
11. Maintenance and Inspection
(2) Stoppage overload graph
Load (%)
100% or
less
AL-21
Occurrin
g Time
(sec)
Max
Min
Load
(%)
AL-21
Occurri
ng Time
(sec)
Max
Min
∞
110
4832.0
7731.2
2899.2
210
44.0
70.4
26.4
120
1208.0
1932.8
724.8
220
36.0
57.6
21.6
130
536.9
859.0
322.1333
230
30.3
48.5
18.18
140
302.0
483.2
181.2
240
9.7
15.5
5.82
150
154.0
246.4
92.4
250
8.3
13.3
4.98
160
110.0
176.0
66
260
3.8
6.1
2.28
170
90.0
144.0
54
270
3.4
5.4
2.04
180
75.0
120.0
45
280
3.1
5.0
1.86
190
61.0
97.6
36.6
290
2.7
4.3
1.62
200
52.0
83.2
31.2
300
2.5
4.0
1.5
Time (sec.)
Load curve when stopped
Load rate (%)
11-15
11. Maintenance and Inspection
■ Servo Drive Overload Graphs (5.0KW)
(1) Graph of Overload during Rotation
Load(%)
AL-21
Occurri
ng Time
(sec)
100% or
below
Infinite
MAX
MIN
Load(%)
AL-21
Occurri
ng Time
(sec)
MIN
110
4832.0
7731.2
2899.2
210
66.8
106.9
40.08
120
1208.0
1932.8
724.8
220
50.1
80.2
30.06
130
536.9
859.0
322.1333
230
38.5
61.6
23.1
140
302.0
483.2
181.2
240
30.3
48.5
18.18
150
257.0
411.2
154.2
250
24.2
38.7
14.52
160
229.0
366.4
137.4
260
18.0
28.8
10.8
170
200.0
320.0
120
270
16.0
25.6
9.6
180
165.0
264.0
99
280
14.0
22.4
8.4
190
131.0
209.6
78.6
290
8.0
12.8
4.8
200
103.0
164.8
61.8
300
5.0
8.0
3.0
Time (sec)
Load Curve During Stop
Load Factor (%)
11-16
MAX
11. Maintenance and Inspection
2) Graph of Overload during Stop
Load(%)
AL-21
Occurrin
g Time
(sec)
100% or
below
Infinite
MAX
MIN
Load(%)
AL-21
Occurri
ng Time
(sec)
MAX
MIN
110
4832.0
7731.2
2899.2
210
44.0
70.4
26.4
120
1208.0
1932.8
724.8
220
36.0
57.6
21.6
130
536.9
858.8
322.08
230
30.3
48.5
18.18
140
302.0
483.2
181.2
240
9.7
15.5
5.82
150
154.0
246.4
92.4
250
8.3
13.3
4.98
160
100.0
160.0
60.0
260
3.8
6.1
2.28
170
85.0
136.0
51.0
270
3.4
5.4
2.04
180
70.0
112.0
42.0
280
3.1
5.0
1.86
190
61.0
97.6
36.6
290
2.7
4.3
1.62
200
52.0
83.2
31.2
300
2.5
4.0
1.5
Time (sec)
Load Curve During Stop
Load Factor (%)
11-17
12. Appendix
12.
Appendix
12.1 Motor Types and IDs
Model Name
ID
Watt
SAR3A
1
SAR5A
Notes
Model Name
ID
Watt
30
SE13G
75
1300
2
50
SE17G
76
1700
SA01A
3
100
HE09A
77
900
Hollow type
SA015A
5
150
HE15A
78
1500
Hollow type
SB01A
11
100
SF30A
81
3000
SB02A
12
200
SF50A
82
5000
SB04A
13
400
SF22D
85
2200
HB02A
15
200
Hollow type
LF35D
190
3500
HB04A
16
400
Hollow type
SF55D
87
5500
SF75D
88
7500
SC04A
21
400
SF12M
89
1200
SC06A
22
600
SF20M
90
2000
SC08A
23
800
LF30M
192
3000
SC10A
24
1000
SF44M
92
4400
SC03D
25
300
SF20G
93
1800
SC05D
26
450
LF30G
191
2900
SC06D
27
550
SF44G
95
4400
SC07D
28
650
SF60G
96
6000
SE09A
61
900
SG22D
111
2200
SE15A
62
1500
LG35D
193
3500
SE22A
63
2200
SG55D
113
5500
SE30A
64
3000
SG75D
114
7500
SE06D
65
600
SG110D
115
11000
SE11D
66
1100
SG12M
121
1200
SE16D
67
1600
SG20M
122
2000
SE22D
68
2200
LG30M
195
3000
SE03M
69
300
SG44M
124
4400
SE06M
70
600
SG60M
125
6000
SE09M
71
900
SG20G
131
1800
SE12M
72
1200
LG30G
194
2900
SE05G
73
450
SG44G
133
4400
SE09G
74
850
SG60G
134
6000
Notes
12-1
12. Appendix
Model Name
ID
Watt
SG85G
135
SG110G
SG150G
12-2
Notes
Model Name
ID
Watt
8500
FF30A
781
3000
136
11000
FF50A
782
5000
137
15000
FF22D
785
2200
FF35D
786
3500
FB01A
711
100
FF55D
787
5500
FB02A
712
200
FF75D
788
7500
FB04A
713
400
FF12M
789
1200
FF20M
790
2000
FC04A
721
400
FF30M
791
3000
FC06A
722
600
FF44M
792
4000
FC08A
723
800
FF20G
793
1800
FC10A
724
1000
FF30G
794
2900
FF44G
795
4400
FC03D
725
300
FF60G
796
6000
FC05D
726
500
FF75G
804
7500
FC06D
727
600
FC07D
728
700
FG22D
811
2200
FG35D
812
3500
FE09A
761
900
FG55D
813
5500
FE15A
762
1500
FG75D
814
7500
FE22A
763
2200
FG12M
821
1200
FE30A
764
3000
FG20M
822
2000
FE06D
765
600
FG30M
823
3000
FE11D
766
1100
FG44M
824
4400
FE16D
767
1600
FG20G
831
1800
FE22D
768
2200
FG30G
832
2900
FE03M
769
300
FE06M
770
600
FE09M
771
900
FE12M
772
1200
FE05G
773
450
FE09G
774
850
FE13G
775
1300
FE17G
776
1700
Notes
12. Appendix
Model Name
ID
Watt
DB03D
601
DB06D
Notes
Model Name
ID
Watt
63
FAL05A
702
50
602
126
FAL01A
703
100
DB09D
603
188
FAL15A
704
150
DC06D
611
126
DC12D
612
251
FBL01A
714
100
DC18D
613
377
FBL02A
715
200
DD12D
621
251
FBL04A
716
400
DD22D
622
461
DD34D
623
712
FCL04A
729
400
DE40D
632
838
FCL06A
730
600
DE60D
633
1257
FCL08A
731
750
DFA1G
641
1728
FCL10A
732
1000
DFA6G
642
2513
FCL03D
733
300
FCL05D
734
450
FCL06D
735
550
FCL07D
736
650
Notes
12-3
12. Appendix
12.2 Test Drive Procedure
Thank you for purchasing our product. Perform the following process to conduct the initial
test drive:
Caution
After attaching the servo motor to your equipment, perform the initial operation test and test drive
without any load (without any coupling or belt) for safety. Connect the load to the motor for the final
test drive.
Order
Details
Product check
Check the name tag to verify that the product received matches the model ordered
(refer to section 1.1).
 Check the name tag attached to the right side of the product (to the right side of
the shaft on the motor).
 Main check point: Check the product capacity and options.
Power
connectivity
Wire a single-phase AC 220 V power supply to control power input C1 and C2, and
a three-phase AC 220 V power supply to main power input L1, L2, and L3 (refer to
section 3.2).
 The product can run on a single-phase AC 220 V power supply, but this reduces
torque and the lifespan of the product. Be sure to input a three-phase AC 220 V
power supply.
Signal line
wiring
Connect the CN1 (I/O), CN3, CN4, CN5 (communication), CN6 and CN2 encoder
cables, and motor power cable based on the operation mode (refer to section 1.2
and chapter 3).
 Always use robot cables if the motor moves.
 Use twist shield cables for the signal and encoder cables.
 Tighten the bolts after locking the encoder cable connector (drive direction).
 Do not modify the U, V, and W wiring of the motor power cable.
 Do not confuse the CN3 EtherCAT communication port input and the CN4
EtherCAT communication port output cables during wiring.
 Install a safety jump cable when you are not using a CN6 safety connector.
Control power
on
Supply single-phase AC 220 V power to C1 and C2.
 Check the external input voltage before turning on the servo drive.
 Check whether the display operates normally (there should not be any broken
7-segments or alarms).
Main power
on
PDO Mapping
12-4
Supply three-phase AC 220 V power to L1, L2, and L3.
 Check the external input voltage before turning on the servo drive.
 The red charge LED at the bottom of the loader window turns on when the drive
receives power.
 If an alarm appears, it indicates that there is an error in the power circuit, servo
motor wiring, or encoder wiring.
 Turn off the power and fix the error using the information in "Alarm Codes and
Descriptions."
Set the PDO mapping. ex) CSP Mode
 Define the Status Word [0x6041], the Position Actual Value [0x6064], and the
Mode of Operation [0x6060] in 2nd Transmit PDO mapping.
 Define the Control Word [0x6040] and the Target Position [0x607A] in 2nd
Receive PDO mapping.
※ The content above is the built-in PDO mapping of the XDL-L7N. These settings
are defined in the EtherCAT Slave Information file (XML file). In addition, the user
can change the PDO mapping (however, PDO mapping can be done for up to 8
variables).
12. Appendix
Order
Details
State Machine
Convert the state machine to operational status (refer to section 4.3).
 Perform the conversion in the following order: Init → Pre-Op → Safe-Op → Op.
 The L/A0 and the L/A1 LEDs blink and the Run LED turns on when the state
machine is operational.
Check the
motor
Read the motor ID [0x2000], the encoder type [0x2001] and the encoder resolution
[0x2002] from the EtherCAT master to check whether they match the motor ID and
encoder type on the product name plate attached to the right side of the motor.
Set the
control mode
Change the Mode of Operation [0x6060] to CSP.
 Write Dec. 8 in the Mode of Operation [0x6060].
0: no mode
1: Pp
3: Pv
4: Tp
7: Ip
8: Csp
9: Csv
10: Cst
6: Hm
Operation 1
Activate the Controlword bit, according to the control mode, to drive the XDL-L7N
to the target position
(refer to section 7.6, "CiA402 Objects").
Operation 2
11. Adjust the following parameter data to perform the Csv mode operation with the
upper level controller.
 Target Velocity: [0x60FF]
 Velocity Offset: [0x60B1]
 Torque Offset: [0x60B2]
 Profile Deceleration Time: [0x6084]
 Quick Stop Deceleration Time
: [0x6085]
 Velocity Demand Value: [0x606B]
 Velocity Actual Value: [0x606C]
 Velocity Window: [0x606D]
 Velocity Window Time: [0x606E]
12-5
12. Appendix
User Manual Revision History
Number
Date issued
Revised content
Version number
1
2012.09.10
Add contents
1.1
2
2012.11.19
Add Multi turn encoder
contents, parameters.
1.2
3
2013.02.18
Revise product features of
servo motor.
1.3
4
2013.07.20
Added Motor specification
sheet and option list.
Added AL-35, modified
parameter range
1.4
5
2013.11.07
Added applied condition for
Parameter. Added Motor
specification sheet and option
list.
1.5
6
2014.03.10
Added option list for motor and
drive.
Modified parameter range and
contents
1.6
7
2014.07.11
Example of connecting to
PLC(PN8B), Added FxL Motor
and the contents of 5kW Driver
1.7
Green Management
LSIS considers protecting the environment
a high priority. We work hard to protect the
Earth.
12-6
Notes
Product Disposal
The LSIS servo drive is environmentally
friendly.
You can disassemble the drive and recycle
the iron, aluminum, bronze, and synthetic
resin (cover) components.
LSIS values every single customers.
Quality and service come first at LSIS.
Always at your service, standing for our customers.
http://www.lsis.com
■ HEAD OFFICE
LS Tower, 127, LS-ro, Dongan-gu, Anyang-si,Gyeonggi-do, 431-848
Korea http://eng.lsis.com
Tel : (82-2)2034-4870/Fax : 82-2-2034-4648 e-mail : [email protected]
■ LSIS Tokyo Office _ Tokyo, Japan
Address: 16FL. Higashi-Kan. Akasaka Twin Tower 17-22,
Akasaka.Monato-ku Tokyo 107-8470. Japan
Tel : 81-3-3582-9128/Fax : 81-3-3582-2667 e-mail : [email protected]
■ LSIS (ME) FZE _ Dubai, U.A.E.
Address : Jafza View Tower Lob 19, Room 205 Along Sheikh Zayed
Road Jebel Aali Free Zone Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Tel : 971-4-886-5360/Fax : 971-4-886-5361 e-mail : [email protected]
■ LSIS Shanghai Office _ Shanghai, China
Address : Room E-G. 12FL Hiamin Empire Plaza. No.726. West.
Yan'an Road Shanghai 200050. P.R. China e-mail : [email protected]
Tel : 86-21-5237-9977(609)/Fax : 89-21-5237-7189
■ LSIS Beijing Office _ Beijing, China
Address : B-Tower 17FL. Beijing Global Trade Center B/D. No. 36.
East BeisanHuan-Road. DongCheng-District. Beijing 100013. P.R. China
Tel : 86-10-5825-6027(666)/Fax : 86-10-5825-6028 e-mail : [email protected]
■ LSIS Guangzhou Office _ Guangzhou, China
Address : Room 1403.14FL. New Poly Tower.
2 Zhongshan Liu Road.Guangzhou.P.R China
Tel : 86-20-8328-6754/Fax : 86-20-8326-6287 e-mail : [email protected]
■ LSIS Chengdu Office _ Chengdu, China
Address : 12FL. Guodong Buiding. No.52 Jindun
Road Chengdu.610041. P.R. China
Tel : 86-28-8612-9151(9226)/Fax : 86-28-8612-9236 e-mail : [email protected]
■ LSIS Qingdao Office _ Qingdao, China
Address : YinHe Bldg. 402 Room No. 2P Shandong Road,
Qingdao-City,Shandong-province 266071, P.R. China
Tel : 86-532-8501-6068/Fax : 86-532-8501-6057 e-mail : [email protected]
■ LSIS Europe B.V. , Netherlands
Address : 1st. Floor, Tupolevlaan 48, 1119NZ, Schiphol-Rijk, The Netherlands
Tel : +31 (0)20 654 1420/Fax : +31 (0)20 654 1429 e-mail : [email protected]
■ Wuxi LSIS Co., Ltd _ Wuxi, China
Address : 102-A. National High & New Tech Industrial Development Area.
Wuxi. Jiangsu. 214028. P.R. China
Tel : 86-510-8534-6666/Fax : 86-510-8534-4078 e-mail : [email protected]
■ Dalian LSIS Co., Ltd. _ Dalian, China
Address : No. 15. Liaohexi 3-Road. Economic and Technical Development zone.
Dalian 116600. China
Tel : 86-411-273-7777/Fax : 86-411-8730-7560 e-mail : [email protected]
※ LSIS constantly endeavors to improve its product so that
information in this manual is subject to change without notice.
ⓒ LSIS Co., Ltd 2012 All Rights Reserved.
2015. 5

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Download XDL-L7N Series User Manual